prospectus for school leavers - Derby College Home by wulinqing

VIEWS: 449 PAGES: 68

									FULL-TIME

prospectus for school leavers
2010-2011
coNTENTS
Welcome to Derby college                                  3
Services Available to Students                          4-5     WELcoME To DErby
Additional Learning Support                               6     coLLEgE
Key Skills/Functional Skills                              6
Financial Support                                       6-8     New opportunities, new
Skills Accounts                                           9     experiences, new prospects, new
The Prince’s Trust                                        9     friends, new you - however you
Equality and Diversity                                    9     want to shape your future, you can
                                                                make it happen at Derby college.
Higher Education                                         10
Sports Academies                                         10     We offer an inspiring range of
Sports Excellence                                        10     courses at all levels to help you
Student Life                                             12     boost your skills, work towards that
Derby college Students’ Union                            12     dream career, prepare for higher
celebrating Success                                      12     education and simply learn more
Foundation Learning Tier                                 13     about life and yourself.
Entry Levels                                          14-15
Information Evening Dates                                16     We believe we offer some of the
                                                                best education in the country: first-
Full-time courses                                    17-127
                                                                class facilities, excellent teaching,
                                                                a supportive learning environment,
FULL-TIME coUrSE DIrEcTory                                      and a lively campus atmosphere.
                                                                Above all, a commitment to helping
14 - 19 Diplomas                                        18-23   you achieve.
AS/A2                                                   24-37
                                                                you’ve reached a crossroad.
Administration (including Apprenticeships)              38-39
                                                                choosing a college and a course is
Agriculture                                             40-41   one of the most important decisions
Animal care                                             42-43   you will ever make.

Apprenticeships                                         44-45   Take a closer look at the range
Art, Design & Multimedia                                46-49   of full-time courses on offer from
                                                                Derby college. We think it will help
beauty Therapy                                          50-51
                                                                you make the right choice for now
business                                                52-53   and for the future. I look forward to
care                                                    54-57   welcoming you to Derby college.
catering & Hospitality (including Apprenticeships)      58-63
conservation & Arboriculture                            64-65   David Croll
construction (including Apprenticeships)                66-77   Principal and chief Executive

Engineering (including Apprenticeships)                 78-81
Engineering - Motor Vehicle (including Apprenticeships) 82-85
Floristry                                               86-87
gcSEs                                                   88-89
Hairdressing (including Apprenticeships)                90-93
Horse care                                              94-95
Horticulture                                            96-99
Information communication Technology                  100-103
Learners with Learning Difficulties and/or Disability 104-105
Media                                                 106-107
Music                                                 108-109
Performing Arts                                       110-111
Public Services                                       112-113
retail (including Apprenticeships)                    114-117
Skills for Life                                       118-119
Sport                                                 120-127

Derby college Fitness centre                            128
course Index                                        129-131
Next Steps - Full-time Application Form                 132

                                                                                                        3
    SErVIcES AVAILAbLE                       cArEErS gUIDANcE                          coNNExIoNS

    To STUDENTS                              our experienced careers support
                                             team will help you make the most
                                                                                       A range of information, advice and
                                                                                       support is on offer from connexions at
                                             of yourself, your learning and your       Derby college.
    STUDENT SErVIcES                         opportunities as you strive to achieve
    Need a little help and advice on         your ambitions. We will provide           connexions Personal Advisers can give
    college life and planning your next      impartial advice and guidance             you important information and advice
    steps? Then look no further than our     throughout your time at college,          on career planning and decision-
    expert Student Services team.            ensuring you can make realistic and       making, employment, training and
                                             informed decisions about your future      education options, volunteering, and
    The course you take at college           career.                                   job vacancies both local and national.
    depends on what you want to achieve
    and your previous education so - if      No matter what stage of the learning      They will also provide support on
    you’re unsure of the right course or     process you are at, our dedicated         topics like housing and financial
    level for you - visit Student Services   team is there to help. If you need        benefits as well as help in dealing with
    for a chat. We can give you all the      assistance choosing the right college     problems such as drugs, bullying and
    guidance and information you need to     course, we can arrange a pre-course       sexual health.
    plan your future, whether you want to    guidance appointment where you can
    go on to university or enter the world   assess what study options most suit       Personal Advisers from connexions
    of work.                                 your career plans.                        are available on a regular basis
                                                                                       during term time in college and
    The team can also provide information    once you’ve started your studies,         appointments can be made through
                                             careers advisers will be available        your tutor or through Student                                                       LEArNErS’ coNTrAcT
    on grants, sources of finance and how
    to apply to the College for financial    throughout your time at college to        Services. Alternatively, you can find                                               When you start your course at Derby
    support. In addition, they can offer     help you decide on your next steps.       more information on the free helpline                                               college, you will receive a student
    support regarding personal matters       They offer one-to-one interviews,         - 0800 269 468 - or at                                                              handbook, which states what we
    and refer you to other forms of help     a drop-in service and group work          www.connexions-derbyshire.org                                                       expect of you.
    where appropriate.                       sessions.                                                                                                                     In return you can expect:
                                                                                       DErby coLLEgE Job SHoP
                                             If you’re planning to move on                                                                                                                                              TrANSPorT To coLLEgE
    To ensure you have an enjoyable                                                                                                                                        • An Individual Learning Plan (ILP) to
                                             to higher education, the team             Need to earn some extra money while
    and rewarding experience during                                                                                                                                          set targets and goals for your             No matter where you live, we are
                                             can provide guidance on UcAS              you’re learning? or looking for some
    your time with us, the college has a                                                                                                                                     studies                                    doing our best to make it easy for you
                                             applications and can point you in         additional work experience to include      HEALTH ADVIcE SErVIcE                    • regular reviews to ensure you              to get to college. both city-centre
    number of policies and procedures
                                             the right direction for taster days       on your cV? Then one service at
    in place - covering issues such as                                                                                            If you would like free, confidential       meet your targets                          campuses are located close to bus
                                             and workshops held at the college’s       Derby college could be just the job for
    child Protection, Student conduct                                                                                             advice on any health-related matter,     • Support from experienced and               stops, cycle routes and pedestrian
                                             partner universities. Each year a         you!
    and Discipline, and bullying and                                                                                              contact the college NHS Nurse. our         qualified Derby College tutors and         areas. Derby college is keen to
    Harassment. copies of these policies     ‘Higher Education guide’ is available                                                Health Advice Service provides one-        connexions Advisers                        promote more environmentally
                                             to help you select the right course and   Derby college Job Shop, based in
    and procedures are available on                                                                                               to-one support as well as general        • The opportunity to experience a            friendly transport and therefore, for
                                             institution and to steer you through      Student Support, could help you
    request from Student Services.                                                                                                guidance. You’ll find advice on            variety of ways of learning                those of you who want to use pedal
                                             the application process.                  find work in a variety of places.
                                                                                                                                  subjects such as:                        • Access to appropriate learning             power to get to college, we offer
                                                                                       Local employers who are looking for
    There’s a Student Services team at all                                                                                                                                   resources                                  excellent cycle facilities including
                                             you can access careers information at     people just like you, regularly post
    the college’s main sites - simply call                                                                                        • Eating 4 Health - including weight     • relevant support if you have               showers and ccTV-covered storage
                                             the college libraries or by accessing     opportunities with our Job Shop.
    in. or contact the call centre on 0800                                                                                          management and your bMI                  learning difficulties or disabilities      areas at most sites. cycling to college
    028 0289 for more information on all     the career Planning site in Moodle.                                                  • Quitting smoking - including           • A welcoming and safe learning              is convenient, cheap, environmentally
                                                                                       An adviser will be on hand at the Job
    the courses we offer.                                                                                                           vouchers for free nicotine               environment                                friendly and good for you!
                                                                                       Shop to discuss the local part-time
                                                                                                                                    replacement patches or gum             • An opportunity to develop and
                                                                                       employment and training opportunities
                                                                                                                                  • Sexual health advice - including         improve your personal skills and           If you live within 2 miles of your
                                                                                       available. They can also offer advice
                                                                                                                                    free condoms, pregnancy testing,         gain skills that will help you move        Derby college campus, you can walk
                                                                                       on writing a cV, application processes
                                                                                                                                    contraceptive advice and chlamydia       on to the next step of your career         there in 30 minutes.
                                                                                       and interview techniques.
                                                                                                                                    testing                                • To be treated according to our
                                                                                                                                  • Alcohol use advice - including how       Equality and Diversity policy              buses provide a quick, cheap and
                                                                                                                                    to calculate alcohol units             • regular updates on your progress           easy way into to city-centre, with both
                                                                                                                                  • relationships - including how to         to your parents or guardians in            city campuses within easy walking
                                                                                                                                    deal with problems with your             the form of consultation evenings          distance of many bus stops.
                                                                                                                                    friends, family or partner.              and reports.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        The roundhouse site is located within
                                                                                                                                  HEALTHy coLLEgE STANDArDS                coUNSELLINg                                  100 meters of the railway station and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        therefore offers those who live close
                                                                                                                                  While you’re at college, your            If something is causing you concern,         to a station a perfect way of getting to
                                                                                                                                  wellbeing is our priority. That’s why    the college Student counselling              college… by rail!
                                                                                                                                  we are currently working towards         Service offers you the chance to talk
                                                                                                                                  achieving the ‘Healthy college           through your difficulties in a safe,         We offer a free shuttle bus service
                                                                                                                                  Standard’. This involves looking at      confidential and non-judgmental              with disabled access between some
                                                                                                                                  nine different aspects of college life   setting.                                     sites that have poor public transport
                                                                                                                                  comprising:                                                                           links. This helps make transport
                                                                                                                                                                           This one-to-one service is open to all       straight-forward and inexpensive
                                                                                                                                  •   Whole college Awareness              students, full and part-time, at all the     for our students. Whilst we don’t
                                                                                                                                  •   Active citizenship                   college’s sites and outreach centres.        encourage driving, we understand that
                                                                                                                                  •   A Smoke Free Environment             There is no limit to the number of           some of you will want to come in a
                                                                                                                                  •   Healthy Eating                       sessions you can have.                       car. We offer free parking at the out-
                                                                                                                                  •   Environment                                                                       of-town sites but students are advised
                                                                                                                                  •   community Involvement                Whatever your worries, you might             that there is no on-site parking at The
                                                                                                                                  •   Student Wellbeing                    find that it helps to talk to our friendly   Joseph Wright centre, and parking at
                                                                                                                                  •   Physical Activity                    discreet and professional team of            The roundhouse is strictly limited and
                                                                                                                                  •   Staff Health and Wellbeing           college councellors.                         there is also a charge to park on-site.

4                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  5
    ADDITIoNAL LEArNINg                        DEAF AccESS                                 FINANcIAL SUPPorT
    SUPPorT                                    We have many deaf and hearing
    Every learner has different needs and      impaired students at Derby college,         EDUcATIoN MAINTENANcE
    Derby college will support you all the     all entitled to expert support from our     ALLoWANcE (EMA)
    way to ensure your studies are as          Deaf Access team, allowing them to
                                                                                           If you are aged 16 - 19
    easy and enjoyable as possible.            study the same courses as our hearing
                                                                                           and in full-time education,
                                               students. If you want to know more
                                                                                           you may be able to get
    We are firmly committed to inclusive       about how we support deaf students,
                                                                                           up to £30 a week, directly
    learning and we work with our              contact the team…
                                                                                           into your bank account,
    students to create an environment in                                                   to help you with the costs of studying.
    which disability is not a disadvantage.    Voice/Minicom 01332 520237
                                                                                           Whether you need money for books
    In fact, ofsted has ranked our support     SMS 07986 936010
                                                                                           and equipment or assistance with
    for educational and social inclusion as    deaf.access@derby-college.ac.uk
                                                                                           paying traveling costs, your EMA
    outstanding.                               www.derby-college.ac.uk
                                                                                           can help you stay on at college and
                                                                                           make the most of your opportunities.
    We have an Additional Learning             KEy SKILLS / FUNcTIoNAL                     There are also £100 bonuses if you
    Support Department dedicated to            SKILLS                                      stick with your course and make good
    helping you maximise your potential                                                    progress. EMA will normally only
    and attain your goals. over the past       No matter what subject you are
                                               studying, some skills are essential to      be paid for a week’s attendance and
    year, our team has provided high-                                                      according to a student’s behaviour and
    quality support to more than 1,400         help you progress in your learning,
                                               your employment and your daily life.        participation in class.
    students.
                                               These Key Skills - or Functional Skills -
    If you have any kind of learning           will give you the confidence and ability    LEArNEr SUPPorT FUND
    difficulty, disability or your literacy/   to succeed no matter where life takes       The college’s Learner Support Fund
    numeracy skills are below Level 2, we      you in future.                              can help students experiencing
    can offer tailored services to match                                                   financial difficulties by assisting with
    your individual circumstances, all         All full-time students at Derby             the cost of college-related expenses
    within an inclusive college community.     college have the opportunity to             such as transport, equipment and
    you can talk to us about your needs        gain qualifications in Key/Functional       childcare. If you think you will need
    at any time during your course and         Skills - or Literacy and Numeracy           financial support, you need to register
    even when you’re first enquiring about     qualifications.                             your interest in applying for assistance
    coming to college. We’ll be happy to                                                   by contacting our Student Services
    help.                                      Achievement is based on three units:        team as soon as possible as funding is
                                                                                           limited. This is particularly important
    If you would like support or would         • communication/Functional English          if you would like help with childcare,
    just like to enquire about our service,    • Application of Number/Functional          as funding is limited.
    contact the Additional Learning              Maths
    Support team on 01332 520200 ext           • Information Technology/Functional
                                                 Information communication
                                                                                           ArMy bUrSAry ScHEME
    5563 or email us at
    learningsupport@derby-college.ac.uk          Technology                                The Army has joined forces with Derby
                                                                                           college to offer special bursaries to
                                               The awards you gain are recognised          students.
    TyPES oF SUPPorT
                                               nationally by employers - and
    There are wide-ranging services and        other education providers such as           Through the Army Further Education
    facilities on offer at Derby college to    universities - and demonstrate that         bursary Scheme, you can receive
    help optimise your learning experience     you have a range of skills needed in        £1,000 while you are at college - then
    and release your true potential.           the workplace.                              you join the Army at the end of your
    We provide outstanding student-                                                        course to train for a job and embark
    centred support including:                 Improving your capabilities in these        on an exciting career. once you have
                                               general areas will also strengthen          completed your Army training, you will
    • Individual tutorials                     your performance in your chosen             qualify for a further £1,000.
    • Mobility support                         subject area. you will focus on the
    • Dedicated teaching areas on all          right level of Key Skills or Functional     The Army is supporting a wide range
      sites                                    Skills to match your individual abilities   of vocational courses at the college
    • In class support                         and needs. Your final qualification         - from IT, Engineering, catering and
    • Note takers                              will be based on a mixture of levels        Public Services through to Vehicle
    • communication Support Workers            appropriate for you. Literacy and           repair and Technology, construction
    • Specialist resources and equipment       Numeracy qualifications can also be         and Animal care, to name just a few.
    • counselling                              taken at a variety of levels to suit you.
    • Adaptation of learning materials                                                     While the scheme places priority on
    • Personal care                            The additional qualifications will          full Level 2 programmes, there could
    • Exam support                             look good on your cV and in job             be opportunities for a limited number
                                               applications. All in all, Key Skills/       of Level 3 students.
                                               Functional Skills are about making you
                                               more employable.                            Army Further Education bursary
                                                                                           Scheme students who receive financial
                                                                                           assistance for three years - that is,
                                                                                           three years at college followed by
                                                                                           initial training - could receive up to
                                                                                           £4,000 overall. For more information,
                                                                                           contact the Derby college careers
                                                                                           Adviser Tel: 01332 520200 or
                                                                                           captain Netty cox on 0115 941 1939.
                                                                                           Alternatively visit armyjobs.mod.uk

6                                                                                                                                     7
                                                                                                                                    SKILLS AccoUNT                            THE PrINcE’S TrUST                        EQUALITy &
                                                                                                                                    A Skills Account helps you to             TEAM ProgrAMME                            DIVErSITy
                                                                                                                                    take control of your learning and
    ADULT LEArNEr grANT                                                                                                                                                       TAKE UP THE cHALLENgE                     We take Equal opportunities and
                                                                                                                                    working life. Skills Accounts offer
                                                                                                                                    a personalised service that allows        The Prince’s Trust Team is ready for 60   Diversity seriously here and we can
    The Adult Learner grant is a grant for                                                                                          learners to access a range of                                                       prove it!
                                                                                                                                                                              days that will change your life? Take
    full-time learners aged 19 and over                                                                                             information and careers advice about      up the challenge at Derby college
    on 31st August. It is a weekly grant                                                                                            how to improve your skills through a                                                • In 2008, we received ‘most
                                                                                                                                                                              with a unique personal development
    designed to help adults studying full-                                                                                          single gateway. currently the East                                                    improved in the sector’ recognition
                                                                                                                                                                              programme from the Prince’s Trust.
    time with the costs of learning. The                                                                                            Midlands is part of a trial, however                                                  from race for opportunity (rfo), an
                                                                                                                                                                              Almost anyone aged between 16 and
    grant pays up to £30 per week for full-                                                                                         the resource should be available                                                      organisation that allows us to
                                                                                                                                                                              25 can take part in the exciting 12-
    time learners aged 19 and over who                                                                                              to everyone over the age of 19 in                                                     benchmark our performance on
                                                                                                                                                                              week Prince’s Trust Team programme,
    are studying for certain qualifications.                                                                                        England by 2010. by opening a Skills                                                  race equality against other national
                                                                                                                                                                              an experience which will enable you to
                                                                                                                                    Account, you will be able to access a:    develop your communication,                 colleges and organisations.
    Eligibility for EMA and the Adult
                                                                                                                                                                              leadership and teamwork skills            • We also received the ‘collaboration
    Learner grant is dependent on your                                                                                              • Personalised careers advice service     through projects in the community.          and Partnership’ award from rfo
    circumstances.                                                                                                                    - providing you with information,                                                   for the support we’ve given to
                                                                                                                                      advice and guidance                     It’s a full-time intensive challenge        the community group ‘black boys
    For further details, please speak to
                                                                                                                                    • Secure record of Learning -             designed to bring out the best in           can’ in their bid to raise academic
    a member of the Student Services
                                                                                                                                      allowing you to see how your skills     you. You’ll build your confidence and       achievement and social aspirations.
    team.
                                                                                                                                      and qualifications have developed       motivation, gain work experience, and     • A successful bid to the Learning
                                               cArE To LEArN                                                                          on-line.                                have the chance to achieve nationally       and Skills council allowed us to
    FEES                                                                                                                                                                      recognised qualifications while making      provide mentoring support to
    Full-time courses are free to students     care to Learn is funding available to                                                More services and functions will be       a real difference in the community.         students from black, Asian or other
    who meet the three-year residency          pay the costs of childcare for young                                                 added to your Skills Account as the                                                   minority groups; and also provide
    requirement, and who are under 19          parents who are 19-years-old or under                                                service progresses. So take control of    Each team consists of around 16             support to students whose postcode
    years of age on the 31st August in the     when they start a course.                                                            your learning and working life today.     people between the ages of 16 and 25        suggested they were from a
    year in which the programme of study                                                                                            open a Skills Account and see how         from various backgrounds and abilities      deprived area of Derby/Derbyshire.
    commences. UK students who are 19          This is available to both part-time                                                  you could flourish. Visit www.direct.     - all with their own agenda about
                                               and full-time students. Payments are                                                                                                                                     • We’re members of the Derby
    and over will need to pay tuition fees                                                                                          gov.uk/skillsaccounts                     what they want to achieve from this
                                               made directly to a registered childcare                                                                                                                                    Lesbian, gay, bisexual and
    and also the relevant registration and                                                                                                                                    experience but all having a common
                                               provider, so that the student’s benefits                                                                                                                                   Transexual Network.
    exam fees. If money troubles do start                                                                                           Additional assistance is available        goal to gain skills recongnised within
                                               will not be affected.                                                                through the careers Advice Service        the workplace. It doesn’t matter if       • In our 2007 inspection our
    to affect your studies, you may be
                                                                                          ADULT LEVEL 3 ENTITLEMENT                 0800 100 900, your careers advisor        you are employed or unemployed,             Additional Learning Support team
    eligible for our Learner Support Fund*
                                               If you need to apply for this                                                        or your local nextstep office. Typetalk   a school-leaver or a graduate. you          received a grade 1.
    which is designed to help you out                                                     Students aged over 19 but under 25
    when you need it most.                     assistance, please contact the Student                                               18001 0800 100 900 8am-10pm               will all work together in an informal     • All external vacancies are
                                               Services Team.                             on the first day of the course, who do                                              ‘teamroom’ environment. If you are
                                                                                                                                    every day.                                                                            advertised on www.disabledgo.
                                                                                          not have a full Level 3 qualification,                                              unemployed, your benefits will not be
    * only applies to students who have                                                                                                                                                                                   co.uk
                                                                                          can enrol on a full Level 3 course free
    ‘home student status’. call for details    ADULT LEVEL 2 ENTITLEMENT                                                            Minicom 08000 568 865 8am-10pm            affected.                                   So you can be assured that we’re
                                                                                          of charge when attending the college.
    on 0800 028 0289.                                                                                                               everyday.                                                                             working hard to ensure that the
                                               Students aged 19 and over on the first                                                                                         Throughout the programme, you
                                               day of the course, who do not have a       Examples of qualifications equating to                                                                                          college allows all learners to reach
    overseas students will need to pay                                                                                                                                        will have the chance to focus on job        their potential in an environment of
                                               full Level 2 qualification, can enrol on   a full Level 3 status:                                                              search activities and work towards a
    International Student Fees (contact        a full Level 2 course free of charge.                                                                                                                                      fairness, where individuality and
    the International Office for details).                                                                                                                                    City and Guilds certificate in Personal     difference is valued.
                                                                                          AcADEMIc QUALIFIcATIoN                                                              Development and contributing to the
                                               Examples of qualifications equating to     EQUIVALENT                                                                          Community, including first aid and Key
    Tier 4 - Students intending to apply       a full Level 2 status:
    for a general Student Visa need to                                                                                                                                        Skills. So what are you waiting for?
    have an unconditional offer from                                                      • 2 or more A-Level passes                                                          courses run 52 weeks of the year.
    Derby college for their chosen course
                                               AcADEMIc QUALIFIcATIoN                     • 4 or more AS Levels
    (full-time). The course must lead          EQUIVALENT                                 • AVcE Double Award                                                                 Find out more by contacting the
    to a Level 3 qualification. Students                                                                                                                                      Prince’s Trust Team at Derby college
    must pay a deposit of £2,000 before        • gcSE/o Level                             VocATIoNAL QUALIFIcATIoN                                                            on 0800 028 0289 or 01332520200
    the college will release the paperwork       (5 or more grades A-c)                   EQUIVALENT                                                                          princestrustteam@derbycollege.ac.uk
    to support the visa application. The       • cSE grade 1 (5 or more)
    remainder of the course fees must be       • 1 Advanced Level                         •   Advanced construction Award
    paid in full at enrolment. Students        • 2 or 3 AS Levels                         •   bEc National oNc/oND
    will be liable for ALL bank transfer       • Advanced VcE                             •   bTEc National oNc/oND
    charges. Students who apply for a                                                     •   city and guilds Advanced craft
    general Student Visa need to have          VocATIoNAL QUALIFIcATIoN                   •   gNVQ Advanced
    enough funds to pay for the first          EQUIVALENT                                 •   LccI Diploma (Third Level)
    year’s course fees, plus £5,400 for                                                   •   NVQ Level 3
    maintenance (accommodation, food,          •   BEC General Certificate with Credit    •   Pitmans Level 3 Advanced Higher
    travel etc).                               •   bEc Diploma with credit                    Certificate
                                               •   bTEc First Diploma                     •   rSA Stage 3 Advanced Diploma
    Students who want to study a Level         •   city and guilds Higher operative/      •   TEC Certificate/Diploma
    2 course or below can do so. The               craft                                  •   Access to Higher Education
    course can only be for up to 6 months      •   gNVQ Intermediate                          Certificate
    (max. 180 days’ incl. travel days), and    •   Intermediate construction Award        •   ESoL & Foreign Languages
    students must apply via the Student        •   LCCI Certificate (Second Level)            Advanced awards
    Visitor route.                             •   NVQ Level 2
                                               •   PEI Stage 2                            Students must meet eligibility
    If the visa application is unsuccessful,   •   Pitmans Intermediate Level 2           requirements and must be
    the deposit will be refunded less an           Diploma/Certificate                    undertaking LSc-funded courses to
    administration fee of £250.                •   rSA Diploma                            qualify.

8                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                7
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 9
     HIgHEr EDUcATIoN                           SPorTS AcADEMIES                            SPorTINg
     AT DErby coLLEgE                           Kick off your Derby college life in         ExcELLENcE
                                                action-packed style - by making the
     Take your ambitions to a higher            most of the wealth of sports facilities     Derby college is a proud member of
     level - with the fantastic range of        and activities available. There’s           british colleges Sport (bcS) which is
     Higher Education courses available at      something for everyone - from sports        the national body representing sport
     Derby college. Whether you’ve just         stars already competing at elite            in the further education sector.
     finished your A-levels, are returning to   level to enthusiasts who just want to       bcS support sporting activity for
     education after a break, are planning      have some fun while keeping fit and         students from novice level all the way
     a career change or are keen to expand      healthy.                                    through to national representative
     your mind and explore your potential,
                                                                                            squads.
     we could have just the opportunity         There’s always an energetic vibe at
     you are looking for.                       Derby college, where attractions            Students studying at Derby college
                                                include an all-weather floodlit             can participate in many sports
     Studying a higher level course             Astroturf pitch, five football pitches, a   including: basketball, badminton,
     at Derby college gives you the             sports hall and a fitness centre. You       cross country, Football, rugby,
     best of both worlds - you’ll enjoy         can also extend your social circle by       Hockey, Volleyball, Squash, Tennis,
     expert tutoring from staff with            joining one of our many sports clubs        Table Tennis, Trampolining, golf,
     Higher Education experience in an          for competitive and non-competitive         Netball and Swimming.
     environment that’s maybe not quite as      action.
     daunting as that of a large university.                                                Students can compete in regional
     our portfolio of Higher Education                                                      events representing the college
                                                If you’re a talented athlete, you
     courses is constantly developing. It                                                   against other colleges from across the
                                                will undoubtedly benefit from our
     now includes Foundation Degrees,                                                       East Midlands.
                                                Sports Academies which enable you
     Higher National Diplomas, Higher           to perfect your skills, improve your        regional winners then go on to
     National Certificates and Access           performance and pursue your sporting        represent the East Midlands in the
     courses. All are high-quality,             ambitions while studying at the             prestigious residential National Finals
     innovative and designed to meet the        college. These include:                     Weekend held at Loughborough
     needs not only of learners but also of                                                 University each year.
     employers.                                 •   basketball
                                                                                            Derby college is committed to
                                                •   boxing
     our excellent links with industry                                                      developing sport and leisure
                                                •   cricket
     - from small and medium-sized                                                          opportunities for all students and we
                                                •   Football (female)
     enterprises to multinational                                                           will endeavour to run sports clubs
                                                •   Football (male)
     businesses - mean that our teaching is                                                 and activities for any sports in which
                                                •   golf
     directly relevant to the world of work.                                                students have an interest. So get
                                                •   Hockey
                                                                                            involved when you join the college by
                                                •   Netball
     We also enjoy dynamic partnerships                                                     seeing a member of the sports team,
                                                •   rugby
     with universities such as the                                                          signing up for teams at enrolment or
     University of Derby, Nottingham                                                        the freshers’ fayre or emailing our
                                                of course, we couldn’t offer such
     Trent University and the University of                                                 dedicated Sports co-ordinator within
                                                extensive sporting facilities without
     Lincoln. These collaborations enable                                                   the sports department.
                                                the support of an expert and
     us to run a number of courses at the       enthusiastic team of staff. In fact,
     college which allow you to gain your       Derby College is one of the first
     final qualification from the University.   colleges in the country to boast
     you may then be able to progress to        Further Education Sports co-
     the University to obtain an honours        ordinators. The FESco team is
     degree in a relevant academic area.        dedicated to increasing opportunities
                                                for young people aged between
     your next step starts right here.          16 and 19 in further education
                                                to participate, perform, lead and
                                                volunteer in sport.

     HE                                         Don’t forget - by taking part in regular
                                                physical activity, you’ll feel fitter,
                                                healthier and happier. And with Derby
      DErby coLLEgE IN                          college, you’ve never had a better
      PArTNErSHIP WITH:                         sporting chance!




10                                                                                                                                    11
     STUDENT LIFE                                DErby coLLEgE                               cELEbrATINg                                 FoUNDATIoN LEArNINg TIEr
     your time at Derby college should           STUDENTS’ UNIoN                             SUccESS                                     Learners starting on Level 1 and Entry level programmes at Derby college in September 2010 will
                                                                                                                                         be among the first to benefit from new Foundation Learning Tier courses.
     be one of the best times of your            The Students’ Union offers unrivalled       Hard work and achievement does not
     life. once you’ve embarked on               services to help you enjoy the very         go unrecognised at Derby college - we       The Foundation Learning Tier gives learners a choice of clear and structured personalised learning
     your studies, you’ll find that being        best experience during your time at         enjoy celebrating the success of our        programmes for their future - whether that it is to move onto a higher level course, into work or to
     at college means much more than             Derby college. Don’t just take our word     students and staff.                         live independently.
     books, classes and exams. So                for it - Derby college Students’ Union
     prepare to work hard - but to play          (DcSU) was actually voted the FE
     hard too!                                                                               THE PEAK AWArDS
                                                 Students’ Union of the year in the NUS

     The friendly, welcoming atmosphere
                                                 Awards for 2008. It means you can be        The Peak Awards take place every                                          Further/higher education
                                                 sure of outstanding representation,         year and the event is a fantastic
     on campus will put you at your ease         excellent support services and a            way to celebrate the success and                                                Employment
     straight away. The close-knit student       fantastic array of entertainment, clubs     achievements of students and
     community means you’ll be mixing            and societies to enrich your social life    staff throughout the year. With 25
     with people with a wide variety of          and broaden your interests.                 categories, all students are eligible for
     backgrounds and interests - from                                                        nomination.
     aspiring artists to potential physicists,   Independent from the college and
     blossoming beauticians to future            democratically run by the student body                                                          gcSE or               Apprenticeship           Further learning             Supported
     farmers. you’ll forge new friendships                                                   PEAK AWArD SPoNSorS
     to last a lifetime. And, most
                                                 with the help of a full-time team of
                                                                                             INcLUDE:                                            Diploma                    or                     at Level 2              employment or
                                                 staff, DcSU ensures that the diverse
     importantly, you’ll have fun!               interests and needs of students are
                                                                                                                                                                        employment                                          independent
                                                                                             Armsons
                                                 promoted and supported both within                                                                                                                                            living
     our fantastic range of student facilities                                               bowmer & Kirkland Ltd
                                                 and outside the college. It gives
     is the envy of the region and we are                                                    colourstream
                                                 you chance to have a vital input
     investing heavily in new amenities          into decision-making processes, to          Danwood group
     to ensure your experience is even           contribute to the development of the        Flint bishop Solicitors
     more rewarding and enjoyable. While         college, and to give feedback on the        Learning & Skills council
     you’re here, don’t forget to make the       issues important to you.                    Loughborough University
     most of:                                                                                                                                                                                                                To supported
                                                                                             Maber Associates                                                            To skilled                                          employment,
                                                 As well as acting as the ‘voice’ of Derby                                                    Foundation                                              To first
     • outstanding learning resource                                                         Morley Hayes                                                                work or an                                          independent
                                                 college students, DcSU provides a
                                                                                             NIc Services group Ltd                        Diploma or gcSE                                          full Level 2
       centres at each site.                     range of support via its own Student                                                                                  apprenticeship                                            living
     • Exceptional Student Services -            Advice Centre, offering confidential,       Pompadour
       covering everything from                  impartial guidance. The Welfare team’s      rigby & co
       counselling to careers advice,            door is always open and there are           rolls royce Plc                                               FLT Personalised Learning Programmes
       additional learning support to            regular awareness campaigns on key          chartwells
       financial help.                           concerns affecting students.                Securitas
     • A tempting selection of refreshment                                                   gF Tomlinson building Limited               These combinations of qualifications will be supported by: information, advice and guidance;
       outlets where you can take time to        To help you save money and make the                                                     initial assessment; ongoing review; and collaborative delivery. The combinations of qualifications,
       relax and unwind with your friends.       most of being a student, the DcSU                                                       together with the supporting information, form the personalised learning programmes.
                                                 gives you the chance to ‘Demand Extra’      STUDENT oF THE MoNTH
     • The chance to extend your social
                                                 with an NUS Extra card. Simply pop          Student of the Month awards are             The diagram above shows the personalised learning programmes available and their intended
       circle by joining one of our many
                                                 into an office or visit www.nus.org.uk      presented to students throughout            destinations.
       sports academies for competitive
                                                 to get yours! To find out more, please      the year for a number of reasons
       and non-competitive action.
                                                 drop into any of our offices or call        - from achieving top marks in an            Support will be even more tailored than it already is to the needs and interests of individual
     • brilliant sports facilities where you     01332 520387. Email: marketing@                                                         learners. This will focus on specific areas including the vocational and personal skills they will need
                                                                                             exam and excelling in assignments
       can let off some steam, boost your        dcsu.co.uk Web: www.dcsu.co.uk                                                          to get a job, as well as the functional maths, English and computer skills essential in employment
                                                                                             to overcoming barriers and reaching
       fitness and keep at the top of your                                                                                               and everyday life.
                                                                                             targets. So while you are at college,
       game.
                                                                                             why not strive to win a Student of the
     • A luxurious range of affordable                                                       Month Award.                                Learners’ progress will then be closely monitored at college to ensure that they are on track to



                                                     dcsu
       beauty, hair and holistic treatments                                                                                              progress towards their goals.
       at the college’s SENSI salons,                                                        SHINE
       where you’ll be pampered in style.                                                                                                The aim of this major reform is to increase the participation, achievement and progression of
     • An award-winning Students’                                                            We hope you enjoy studying at Derby         learners - whatever their ambitions in life - by offering courses that are more closely linked to their
                                                 derby college students’ union
       Union which offers an exciting array             www.dcsu.co.uk                       College and that you find your tutors       existing skills and capabilities and by providing clear and achievable routes to higher level study,
       of services to enrich your college                                                    inspiring and helpful - if so, you can      employment and independence.
       experience.                                                                           reward their work by nominating them
                                                                                             for a SHINE Award. SHINE stands             The Foundation Learning Tier has also enabled the College to provide more flexible qualifications
                                                                                             for Support, Help, Innovate, Nurture        which meet the individual needs of learners and are relevant in the workplace.
                                                                                             and Encourage just a few of many
                                                                                             attributes that qualify Derby college       All Level 1 and Entry Level courses in this prospectus are ‘flagged’ FLT so that you can easily
                                                                                             staff for a SHINE Award. So if you          see courses that are part of this new programme and be assured of this additional support and
                                                                                             think a member of Derby college staff       structure.
                                                                                             deserves recognition, why not show
                                                                                             them by nominating them?




                                                                                             THE   PEAK AWARDS
12                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 13
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Level 4/5
     A rANgE oF LEVELS To MEET yoUr                                                                                                                                                                             Higher Level courses
     INDIVIDUAL NEEDS                                                                                                                                                   Level 3
                                                                                                                                                                                                                ExamPLE oF TyPE oF CoursE:
     When you’re choosing a course, you’ll want it to be challenging enough
     to give you the skills you need but not so advanced that you feel out of
                                                                                                                                                                        Advanced courses                        Foundation Degree, HNc, HND, NVQ
     your depth. Sounds tricky? Don’t worry. With starting levels to meet                                                                                                                                       4, Professional Development Award
     your abilities, it’s easy to pick something that’s perfect for you. Entry                                                   Level 2                                ExamPLE oF TyPE oF CoursE:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                WhaT nExT?
                                                                                                                                                                        A-levels, bTEc National Diplomas,
     criteria will vary slightly for each course, but the following information
     will help you to decide which level is suitable for you.                                                                    Intermediate                           certificates and Awards, NVQ            Potential progression onto second
                                                                                                                                                                                                                or third year of bachelor Degree or
                                                                                                                                 courses                                3, Level 3 Diploma, Advanced
                                                                                                                                                                        Apprenticeship                          other HE course.

                                                                                         Level 1                                 ExamPLE oF TyPE oF CoursE:             WhaT nExT?                              TyPiCaL sTuDEnT CommEnT:
                                                                                                                                 gcSEs, gNVQ Intermediate, bTEc         Level 4 courses                         “i want a more applied or work-
                                                                                         (Foundation                             First Diploma, NVQ 2, Level 2                                                  based higher education course
                                                                                                                                                                        TyPiCaL sTuDEnT CommEnT:
                                              Links Pathway...                           courses)                                Diploma, Apprenticeship
                                                                                                                                                                        “i think i will get 4 or 5 C grades
                                                                                                                                                                                                                which will equip me with the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                skills and experience that i need
                                                                                                                                 WhaT nExT?                             or above in my GCsEs.”                  to expand my knowledge and
                                               ExamPLE oF TyPE oF CoursE:                ExamPLE oF TyPE oF CoursE:              Level 3 courses
                                                                                                                                                                        GEnEraL inFormaTion:                    progress in employment.”
                                               The Links Pathway (see page 105)          bTEc Introductory certificate/
                                                                                                                                 TyPiCaL sTuDEnT CommEnT:               Whether you are aiming for              GEnEraL inFormaTion:
 Pre Entry Level                               is designed to help learners build
                                               independence and self confidence
                                                                                         Diploma, Level 1 Diploma, NVQ
                                                                                         Level 1
                                                                                                                                 “i think i will get mostly D and       university or cannot wait to get        Level 4/5 qualifications are designed
                                                                                                                                 E grades in my GCsEs” or “i            into work, Level 3 has lots to offer.
 initial Pathway...                            so they can progress to study at
                                               Level 1, live more independently and      WhaT nExT?                              have successfully completed            These advanced specialised courses
                                                                                                                                                                                                                to give you the best of both worlds:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                academic knowledge with practical
                                               progress to supported employment.         Level 2 courses                         a relevant Level 1 vocational          have been broken down into units        and vocational skills. In most of
 ExamPLE oF TyPE oF CoursE:                    because learners on the course have                                               course as well as GCsEs and            to allow you lots of flexibility and
                                                                                         TyPiCaL sTuDEnT CommEnT:                                                                                               these courses you will gain work-
 The Initial Pathway Programme (see            very different aspirations, the course                                                                                   there is even the chance to combine
                                                                                                                                 have good practical skills and                                                 based experience to make you
 page 105) is a totally personalised           is designed around an individual          “i think i will get mostly E and F                                             academic and vocational learning
 course designed around the needs                                                                                                technical knowledge.”                                                          even more desirable to current or
                                               learning plan which is agreed for         Grades in my GCsEs” or “i have                                                 to give you a broader educational
 of each learner. During the first                                                                                                                                                                              potential employers. If you want to
                                               each person. Learners work towards        not studied a vocational course         GEnEraL inFormaTion:                   experience. Typically, 4 cs are
 half term learners are assessed                                                                                                                                                                                continue in your higher education,
                                               a range of general and vocational         at school and don’t have any            When it comes to your career, you      required for a vocational Level 3
 and an individual learning plan                                                                                                                                                                                these courses may lead directly into
                                               qualifications including Adult Literacy   practical skills or experience.”        will need knowledge and experience     programme including English and
 designed which aims to develop                and Numeracy.                                                                                                                                                    the final years of a bachelor Degree
                                                                                                                                 to get the job you want. Level 2       Maths. For AS Levels, 5 gcSEs
 skills for independence and build                                                       GEnEraL inFormaTion:                                                                                                   at participating/partner institutions.
                                               WhaT nExT?
                                                                                                                                 courses can help, even if you are      at grade c are required including
 self-confidence. Learners access                                                        These vocational courses are
 a wide range of vocational options            Pathway to Working Life or Level 1                                                not sure what you want to do in the    English Language. The study of
                                                                                         designed to give you broad              future. These vocational courses
 with the help of a dedicated support          courses.                                                                                                                 some AS Levels requires a higher
                                                                                         background knowledge of whatever        give you the chance to specialise in
 team and undertake projects both in                                                                                                                                    gcSE grade in that particular
                                               GEnEraL inFormaTion:                      type of work you are interested in.     the area you find most interesting,
 college and in the community.                                                                                                                                          subject.
                                               This course is suitable for young         Lasting 1 year, they give you a great   or learn more broadly if you are not
 WhaT nExT?                                    people who have left school with          starting point for more specialised     sure.
 Initial Pathway year 2 or Entry Level         few or no qualifications and may          study or work. There is also the
 courses.                                      need extra support with their             opportunity to improve your Maths,
                                               learning or have a moderate               English, IcT and personal learning
 GEnEraL inFormaTion:                          learning difficulty and/or disability.
 This course is suitable for young                                                       and thinking skills. Students are
                                               you will follow a course which will
 people who have left school and                                                         also supported in their research for
                                               include Skills for Independence
 who have a learning difficulty and/           and Skills for Employment. you will
                                                                                         future careers.
 or disability. you will follow a course       be able to choose from a range of
 around Skills for Independence
                                                                                         These courses provide a progression
                                               vocational options such as: catering,     pathway to Level 2 courses or skilled
 e.g. shopping, independent travel             construction, Land-based Skills,
 training, cooking, budgeting money,                                                     work.
                                               beauty, Sport and IcT. you will also
 communication and number skills.              be offered the opportunity of work
 There will be opportunities to access                                                   FLT
                                               experience.
 enrichment activities such as drama,
 art, volunteering and sport/fitness.          This is a progression pathway to
                                               independent living or supported
 This is a progression pathway to              employment.
 independent living.
                                               FLT
 FLT




                                   FounDaTion LEarninG TiEr                                                                       inTErmEDiaTE                                  aDVanCED                                   hiGhEr
14                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    15
     FIND oUT AboUT coUrSES AT oUr
     inFormaTion EVEninGs
     Time 5.30pm - 8.00pm                                                                                  FULL-TIME

                                                                                                           courses for school leavers
                       The Joseph Wright Centre                October 2009
                                  - Main Atrium                Thursday 8th - The Joseph Wright Centre     2010-2011
                    AS/A2, Business Studies, ICT, Media,
                  Performing Arts, Dance, Drama, Music         November 2009
                                                               Wednesday 4th - The Roundhouse
           Broomfield Hall - Conference Hall
                                                               Thursday 12th - The Joseph Wright Centre
              All land-based industry courses including:
                Agriculture, Arboriculture, Animal Care,       Thursday 19th - Broomfield Hall
       Conservation, Dog Grooming, Training, Agility &         Thursday 26th - Masons Place
      Psychology, Horse Studies, Horticulture, Floristry &     January 2010
                                    Organic Production.
                                                               Wednesday 20th - The Roundhouse
                  Masons Place - Masons Diner                  Wednesday 27th - The Joseph Wright Centre
                         Brickwork, Electrical Installation,
                                                               February 2010
                              Gas Assessment & Training,
           Motor Vehicle Studies, Painting & Decorating,       Tuesday 2nd - Broomfield Hall
         Plastering, Plumbing, Professional Construction       Tuesday 9th - Masons Place
           Studies/Civil Engineering, Wood Occupations
                                                               March 2010
                                    The Roundhouse             Thursday 18th - The Roundhouse
       Access, Apprenticeships, Art & Design, Brickwork,       Wednesday 24th - Broomfield Hall
                Business, Care & Early Years, Catering &
             Hospitality, Engineering, Gas Assessment &        June 2010
          Training, GCSEs/LIVES, Electrical Installation,      Thursday 24th - Broomfield Hall
     Hairdressing, Holistic & Beauty Therapy, ICT, Motor
      Vehicle Studies, Painting & Decorating, Plastering,
      Plumbing, Prince’s Trust, Professional Construction
                                Studies/Civil Engineering,
     Public Services, Retail, Skills for Life & ESOL, Sport,
                    Teacher Training, Wood Occupations




     For more information
     Freephone 0800 028 0289 Minicom 01332 520237
     Email: enquiries@derby-college.ac.uk www.derby-college.ac.uk

16                                                                                                                                      17
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          14 - 19 DiPLomas

     14 - 19 DIPLoMAS                                                                                Higher Diploma in Society
                                                                                                     Health and Development
                                                                                                                                                          Advanced Diploma in Society
                                                                                                                                                          Health and Development
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Higher Diploma in Creative &
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Media




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   14 - 19 DiPLomas
                                                                                                     LEVEL      2                                         LEVEL      3                                         LEVEL      2

     BrinGinG LEarninG To LiFE                                                                       LOCATION
                                                                                                     YEARS
                                                                                                                DERBY COLLEGE
                                                                                                                1
                                                                                                                                                          LOCATION
                                                                                                                                                          YEARS
                                                                                                                                                                     DERBY COLLEGE
                                                                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                                                                                                                               LOCATION
                                                                                                                                                                                                               YEARS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          VARIOUS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          1


     Derby college is working in partnership with local                                              What will I learn?                                   What will I learn?                                   What will I learn?
     Derby city schools to deliver 14-19 Diplomas. This                                              You will learn all about the principles and          You will learn all about the principles and          You will be introduced to the main sectors
                                                                                                     values associated with health, social, justice       values associated with health, social, justice       of the industry, Art & Design, Media and the
     relatively new qualification is made up of several                                              and children’s care, with a particular focus on      and children’s care, with a particular focus on      Performing Arts. You will investigate how they
                                                                                                     the professions in detail, such as patient care or   the professions in detail, such as patient care or   work and how they relate to the industry as a
     different parts and it is designed to develop the skills                                        patterns of offending behaviour and the impact       patterns of offending behaviour and the impact       whole.
     that you will need for further study, employment and                                            these can have on society                            these can have on society.                           Entry requirements
     adult life.                                                                                     Entry requirements                                   Entry requirements                                   Good standard of literacy and a strong interest
                                                                                                     You should be enthusiastic about the subject         Enthusiasm and commitment for the subject.           in at least two of the main areas of study.
     you can study Diplomas at Foundation, Higher and                                                and committed to doing a specialist course           You will also need to have 4 GCSEs at grade          Higher grade GCSEs in at least English and
                                                                                                     which may involve sessions after normal              C or above to include English Language or            one other subject.
     Advanced Levels. Foundation Diplomas are the                                                    study time. You will need to cope with the           a Level 2 qualification in a related subject or      How long does this course last?
                                                                                                     demanding thinking and technical skills the          discipline at merit or distinction.
     equivalent to 5 gcSEs at D-g, Higher Diplomas are                                               course contains. You will require 4 GCSEs                                                                 1 year.
                                                                                                                                                          How long does this course last?
     the equivalent to 7 gcSEs at A*-c and Advanced                                                  grade C or above, to include English.
                                                                                                                                                          2 years.
                                                                                                                                                                                                               What will I study?
     Diplomas are the equivalent of 3.5 A-levels.                                                    How long does this course last?                                                                           The course will consist of 7 units (6 internally
                                                                                                                                                          What will I study?                                   assessed and 1 externally assessed). These
                                                                                                     1 year.
                                                                                                                                                          The society, health and development context          units will develop performance and production
     The Diploma is made up of Principal Learning, the                                               What will I study?                                   looks at the variety of services available and       skills which include digital technologies for use
     Project, Additional/Specialist Learning, Functional                                             The Principal Learning of the Society Health and     how they work together to meet the needs of          in the wider community.
                                                                                                     Development Diploma has been developed to            the community. It also examines the skills and       What can I do after this course?
     Skills, Personal Learning and Thinking Skills and Work                                          introduce young people to the diversity of the       qualities needed by individuals to be able to
                                                                                                     sectors; work and to help them understand and        work effectively in these services.                  This course will prepare you for entry into the
     Experience. You will get a Diploma certificate if you                                                                                                                                                     creative and media industry or for further study
                                                                                                     develop the skills and experience they need to       The second unit examines how principles
     complete all the parts of the Diploma and certificates                                          work within these four sectors.                                                                           either in this area or other related areas.
                                                                                                                                                          and values are embedded in key legislation,
     for the Principal Learning, the Project, the Functional                                         People working in these sectors are often            regulations and codes of practice within the
                                                                                                     dealing with some of the most vulnerable             sectors.
     Skills and the Additional/Specialist Learning.                                                  members of society so they need a wide range         Partnership working in society health and
                                                                                                     of skills and personal qualities to enable them      development looks at how individuals,
     Principal Learning. This is the part of the Diploma                                             to do a good job.                                    colleagues, teams and organisations can
     that gives it its name. For example, it is the Hair                                             The course will largely involve applied learning     work in partnership to improve services for the
                                                                                                     and will encompass detailed studies of the           community. Communication and information
     and beauty Sudies part of a Hair and beauty Studies                                             four sectors and the impact of these sectors         sharing in society health and development
                                                                                                     on individuals and communities. In addition          investigates and examines how effective
     Diploma.                                                                                        you will carry out practical projects using your     communication and information sharing is vital
                                                                                                     applied learning in simulations of environments      within the workforce of each of the sectors.
     additional/specialist Learning (asL). ASL                                                       such as hospitals and prisons. For example,          Personal and professional development within
     must provide breadth, depth, progression and                                                    you might want to redesign the common room           the work environment provides you with the
                                                                                                     at a local youth club to make it more appealing      opportunity to reflect on how to improve your
     personalisation. They must be at, or above, the level                                           and accessible for people of all kinds of            own practice, identify good practice within
                                                                                                     backgrounds and abilities.
     of the Principal Learning and they could be additional                                                                                               the workplace and plan for professional
                                                                                                     You may also choose to study related additional      development. Working to safeguard and
     Diploma modules, gcSEs or A-Levels or vocational                                                and specialist learning courses that complement      protect individuals examines the importance of
     qualifications.                                                                                 the Principal Learning of the Diploma and help       promoting the health and safety and security of
                                                                                                     you to progress.                                     individuals both working within the sectors and
                                                                                                                                                          those using the services.
     The Project. The project will allow you to develop                                              What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                     Learners who successfully complete the               There is also the opportunity to complete
     an area of special interest and take your studies to                                            Diploma may wish to progress to either the           specialist units within the qualification.
     a deeper level. you could make something, write                                                 Advanced Society Health and Development              What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                     Diploma or to a Level 3 specialist course in         This course will prepare you for entry to higher
     something, carry out an investigation or put on a                                               Childcare, Health Care or Public Services.           education to study childcare, health, social
     performance.                                                                                                                                         care or a public services degree. You may wish
                                                                                                                                                          to seek employment in the related industries,
     Functional skills. Functional Skills are about                                                                                                       many of which offer further specialist training
                                                                                                                                                          whilst you work.
     ‘problem solving in a real life meaningful situation.’
     you will study Functional Skills in Maths, English and
     IcT whilst also developing these Functional Skills in
     your Principal Learning.
     Personal Learning and Thinking sills (PLTs).
     These are the skills in independent research,
     creativity, team work, self management, participation
     and reflective learning that you should have been
     developing through your previous studies. you have
     to show evidence of these skills but you do not sit an
     examination in them.
     Work Experience. you have to do at least 10 days           For more information, please
     work experience. This could be linked to your Principal    see the course details within this
     Learning and the Project.                                  section.



18                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 19
                      14 - 19 DiPLomas                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     14 - 19 DiPLomas

                   Advanced Diploma in Creative & Higher Diploma in Engineering                                         Foundation Diploma in                              Foundation Diploma in Business                     Foundation Diploma in                                Higher Diploma in Hairdressing
                   Media                                                                                                Information Technology                             and Finance                                        Hairdressing & Beauty Studies                        & Beauty Studies




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        14 - 19 DiPLomas
14 - 19 DiPLomas



                                                  LEVEL 2
                                                                     LOCATION   DERBY COLLEGE
                   LEVEL      3                                                                                                                                            LEVEL      1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    FLT
                                                                                                                        LEVEL      1                                                                                                                                               LEVEL      2
                   LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE
                                                                     YEARS      1
                                                                                                                        LOCATION   VARIOUS                        FLT      LOCATION   VARIOUS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              LEVEL
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              LOCATION
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         DERBY COLLEGE AND MERRILL COLLEGE   FLT   LOCATION   DERBY COLLEGE AND MERRILL COLLEGE
                   YEARS      2                                       What will I learn?                                YEARS      1                                       YEARS      VARIOUS                                 YEARS      1                                         YEARS      1

                   What will I learn?                                 The Diploma in Engineering opens up the           What will I learn?                                 What will I learn?                                 What will I learn?                                   What will I learn?
                   You will have the opportunity to be introduced     ideas and concepts behind engineering, and        You will be introduced to The Information          You will be introduced to the Business and         You will learn about the hair and beauty             At the Higher Diploma level you will develop
                   to the main sectors of the Creative Industries,    how they impact on the modern world. You’ll       Technology-related industry through a rich and     Finance industry through a rich and diverse        industry and how to create a positive personal       and apply a range of skills and knowledge
                   including aspects of Art & Design, Media and       be introduced to key engineering principles       diverse programme of practical and applied         programme of practical and applied learning.       image, including hair styling, skin care and nail    within the hair and beauty sector.
                   the Performing Arts. You will investigate how      such as design, materials, electronic systems,    learning. You will learn about networking,         You will learn about customer service standards,   treatments.
                                                                      maintenance and manufacturing. Using                                                                                                                                                                         Entry requirements
                   the various elements of the sector function                                                          business organisations and their use of ICT,       marketing and finance.                             Entry requirements
                   and what you need to be successful in any          practical experience, you will study what makes   applications and communication technology.                                                                                                                 A keen interest in hairdressing and beauty
                                                                      innovations succeed, how new materials                                                               Entry requirements                                 A keen interest in hairdressing and beauty           therapy. Good personal and communication
                   of the areas. The course has a focus on                                                              Entry requirements
                   collaborative working where links with industry contribute to design and how to develop and                                                             Foundation Level 1 - an enthusiasm for the         therapy. Good personal and communication             skills. Completion of Foundation Level Diploma
                   and commerce will be a key feature. The            launch new ideas.                                 Foundation Level 1 - an enthusiasm for the         business world                                     skills.                                              or 4 GCSEs grade D or above including English
                   Diploma combines theory with practical activity You will look at a whole range of activities         world and society of Information Technology.       How long does this course last?                    How long does this course last?                      or another Level 1 qualification in a related
                   to help learners make informed decisions about - from manufacturing and production to                How long does this course last?                                                                                                                            subject.
                                                                                                                                                                           1 year.                                            1 year
                   their future career. The way you learn will be     research, design and product development.         1 year.                                                                                                                                                    How long does this course last?
                   built around planning, applying, doing and         You will also learn how engineers are helping                                                        What will I study?                                 What will I study?
                                                                                                                        What will I study?                                                                                                                                         1 year.
                   reviewing learning.                                essential services like healthcare, transport                                                        • Business Administration                          The Principal Learning of the Hair and Beauty
                                                                      and comfortable working environments,             • The digital world                                                                                   Diploma is based on 7 units:                         What will I study?
                   Entry requirements                                                                                                                                      • Business Finance and Accounting
                                                                      while developing the skills, knowledge and        • Working with technology                                                                             • Introducing the hair and beauty sector             The Principal Learning of the Higher Diploma is
                   Minimum of 4 GCSEs A-C grades including            understanding you need to succeed at college,                                                        • Customer Service                                                                                      based on 10 units:
                   English and a keen interest in the Creative        university or in employment.                      • Working with people                              • Personal Finance and Financial Services          • Creating a positive impression in the hair
                   Industries.                                                                                                                                                                                                   and beauty sector                                 • Safe and healthy working practices in the
                                                                      Entry requirements                                • Multimedia                                       • Marketing and Sales                                                                                      hair and beauty sector and related industries
                   How long does this course last?                                                                      What can I do after this course?                                                                      • Introducing hair styling
                                                                      There will be an interview and an aptitude test                                                      • Business Communication                                                                                • The world of hair and beauty
                   2 years.                                           involved when applying to do the Diploma in       This diploma will give you the skills you need                                                        • Introducing basic skin care treatments
                                                                                                                                                                           • Teams in Business                                                                                     • The science of hair and beauty
                   What will I study?                                 Engineering where you will need to show:          to work towards a career in the Information                                                           • Introducing basic hand and nail care services
                                                                                                                        Technology sector. Progression to a Higher         • Responding to Change                                                                                  • Communication and client care in the hair
                   Your learning will include three aspects of study: • you are enthusiastic about the subject                                                                                                                • Personal appearance, styling and well-being           and beauty sector
                                                                                                                        Diploma or a vocational BTEC First Diploma         • Business Enterprise
                   • Principal Learning, which is related to the      • you are committed to doing a content-heavy      will be offered if you are successful in gaining                                                      • Careers in the hair and beauty sector and          • History of hair and beauty in society
                      sector you are interested in                       course which may involve sessions after                                                           • Corporate Social Responsibility                     related industries.
                                                                                                                        full Diploma.                                                                                                                                              • Promoting and selling products and services
                   • Generic Learning, which includes Functional         normal school time, and                                                                           • Success/People at Work                           The course will be mainly applied learning and          by professional recommendation in the hair
                      Skills and an individual learning plan          • you are able to cope with the demanding                                                            What can I do after this course?                   will give you an insight into working within the        and beauty sector
                   • Additional and Specialist Learning which is         thinking and technical skills the course                                                          This diploma will give you the introductory        hair and beauty industry. You will also have
                                                                         contains.                                                                                                                                            the opportunity to study related additional and      • Salon business systems and processes
                      about choice and specialisation.                                                                                                                     skills you need to work towards a career in
                                                                      The Diploma in Engineering will draw on the                                                          the Business sector. Progression to a Higher       specialist learning courses that form part of this   • Exploring skin care and make-up, hair care
                   What can I do after this course?                                                                                                                                                                           Diploma.                                                and styling, hand care and nail art
                                                                      expertise of local employers to bring a real                                                         Diploma or a vocational BTEC First Diploma
                   The course will prepare you for higher             work context to the course.                                                                          will be offered if you are successful in gaining   What can I do after this course?                     The course will be mainly applied learning and
                   education or entry to the industry you have                                                                                                             full Diploma.                                                                                           will give you an insight into working within the
                   studied at a junior level.                         How long does this course last?                                                                                                                         Upon successful completion of the Foundation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Diploma, you will have the opportunity to            hair and beauty industry. You will also have
                                                                      1 year.                                                                                                                                                                                                      the opportunity to study related additional and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              discuss progression to the Level 2 Higher
                                                                      What will I study?                                                                                                                                      Diploma.                                             specialist learning courses that form part of this
                                                                      Compulsory elements in engineering include:                                                                                                                                                                  Diploma.
                                                                      • The Engineered World looks at the                                                                                                                                                                          What can I do after this course?
                                                                         importance of engineering in the modern                                                                                                                                                                   Upon successful completion of the Higher
                                                                         world and the impact engineering has on the                                                                                                                                                               Diploma, you will have the opportunity to
                                                                         way we live our lives                                                                                                                                                                                     discuss progression to the Level 3 Advanced
                                                                      • Discovering Engineering Technology                                                                                                                                                                         Diploma, an apprenticeship or another
                                                                         introduces basic engineering principles                                                                                                                                                                   vocational qualification such as NVQs in your
                                                                         such as design, materials, electronics                                                                                                                                                                    chosen specialist field.
                                                                         systems, maintenance and manufacturing
                                                                      • Engineering the Future looks at what makes
                                                                         innovations succeed, how new materials
                                                                         contribute to design and how to develop and
                                                                         launch new ideas. This part of the course
                                                                         gives you the chance to explore your own
                                                                         creative approaches.
                                                                      What can I do after this course?
                                                                      The Diploma in Engineering represents
                                                                      another route to further or Higher Education
                                                                      or training alongside GCSEs, Apprenticeships
                                                                      or NVQs. If you want to continue with this
                                                                      type of learning in engineering, you can do a
                                                                      Higher Level Diploma - if you have completed
                                                                      the Foundation Level. If you’ve studied the
                                                                      Higher Level Diploma in Years 10 and 11,
                                                                      there are several Level 3 full-time engineering
                                                                      programmes to follow.
                                                                      Studying for the Diploma in Engineering
                                                                      can also lead to other options such as AS
                                                                      and A-Level, BTEC National Diplomas, an
                                                                      Apprenticeship or a job.
                                                                      The Diploma in Engineering will equip you with
                                                                      the knowledge, skills and understanding to
                                                                      do well in the engineering world whether you
                                                                      want to go into further or higher education or
                                                                      straight into work.




  20                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    21
                      14 - 19 DiPLomas                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            14 - 19 DiPLomas

                   Advanced Diploma in                               Foundation Diploma in                                Higher Diploma in                                   Advanced Diploma in                                 Advanced Diploma in Hospitality Higher Diploma in the Built
                   Hairdressing & Beauty Studies                     Environmental and Land-based                         Environmental and Land-based                        Environmental and Land-based                                                        Environment




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          14 - 19 DiPLomas
14 - 19 DiPLomas



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  LEVEL 3
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  LOCATION   DERBY COLLEGE
                   LEVEL      3                                      Studies                                              Studies                                             Studies                                             YEARS      2                                         LEVEL      2
                   LOCATION   DERBY COLLEGE                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            LOCATION   DERBY COLLEGE
                                                                     LEVEL      1                                         LEVEL      2                                        LEVEL      3
                   YEARS      2
                                                                     LOCATION   DERBY COLLEGE AND MERRILL COLLEGE   FLT   LOCATION   DERBY COLLEGE                            LOCATION   DERBY COLLEGE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  What will I learn?                                   YEARS      1

                   What will I learn?                                YEARS      1                                         YEARS      1                                        YEARS      2                                        You will be introduced to the hospitality industry   What will I learn?
                   The Advanced Diploma level introduces a                                                                                                                                                                        through a rich and diverse programme of              You will learn how buildings are designed,
                                                                     What will I learn?                                   What will I learn?                                  What will I learn?
                   range of management and business concepts,                                                                                                                                                                     practical and applied learning. You will learn       built, maintained and managed and how
                                                                     The environmental and land-based sector              The environmental and land-based sector             The environmental and land-based sector             about customer service standards, sales and
                   knowledge and skills in a hair and beauty         works in the natural world. You will learn           works in the natural world. You will learn          works in the natural world. You will learn                                                               they fit in with the local environment. You will
                   context.                                                                                                                                                                                                       marketing, running a hospitality business, food      examine architecture, town planning, surveying
                                                                     about the natural environment and the inter-         about the natural environment and the inter-        about the natural environment and the inter-        and beverage service, food preparation and
                   Entry requirements                                dependencies of the plants and animals which         dependencies of the plants and animals which        dependencies of the plants and animals which                                                             and property management and learn how to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  cooking and health and safety.                       use tools, materials and equipment. Design
                   A keen interest in hairdressing and beauty        live there.                                          live there.                                         live there.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Entry requirements                                   work will include drawing, model making and
                   therapy. Good personal and communication          Entry requirements                                   Entry requirements                                  Entry requirements                                                                                       computer-aided design skills.
                   skills. 4 GCSEs at grade C, to include English                                                                                                                                                                 • Enthusiasm for the subject
                                                                     Enthusiasm about the subject. Ability to cope        4 GCSEs grade D to include English. A keen          4 GCSEs grade C or above to include English                                                              Entry requirements
                   Language, a pass on the Higher Diploma or an                                                                                                                                                                   • Practical food preparation skills
                                                                     with the thinking and technical skills the course    interest in the land and environment. A pass in     Language or pass in either the Higher Diploma
                   NVQ Level 2 in a related discipline.              contains.                                            the Foundation Diploma.                             of another relevant Level 2 vocational course.      • Ability to work independently                      • Enthusiastic about the subject
                   How long does this course last?                   How long does this course last?                      How long does this course last?                     How long does this course last?                     • An interest in learning through doing              • Committed to doing a content-heavy course
                   2 years.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               which may involve sessions after normal
                                                                     1 year.                                              1 year.                                             2 years.                                            How long does this course last?                         school time
                   What will I study?                                What will I study?                                   What will I study?                                  What will I study?                                  2 years.                                             • Able to cope with the demanding thinking
                   The Principal Learning of the Advanced            The Principal Learning of the Environmental          • Environmental influences upon ecosystems          • The ecology of the natural environment and        What will I study?                                      and technical skills the course contains
                   Diploma is based on 8 units:                      and Land-based Studies is centred around 6              and environmental and land-based                    the importance of biodiversity                   • The hospitality industry and its impact on the     • Teacher Assessments of 3 Level 5s in the core
                   • Business location and design for the hair and   units:                                                  production enterprises                           • The management of natural resources and              UK economy                                           subjects at KS3.
                      beauty sector                                  • The Natural Environment                            • Working in the environmental and land-               successful production systems                    • People in hospitality and how important their      How long does this course last?
                   • Event management and enterprise for the         • Environmental and land-based production,              based sector                                     • Business management and careers in the               people skills are
                      hair and beauty sector                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           1 year.
                                                                        systems and services                              • Plant management and care: feeding,                  environmental and land-based sector              • How food and beverages are prepared and
                   • Product research, design and development                                                                growing, breeding, selecting and handling                                                                                                                 What will I study?
                                                                     • Introduction to working in the environmental                                                           • Plants and animals: applied science                  served, including food safety and the
                      within the hair and beauty sector                 and land-based sector                             • Animal management and care, nutrition,                                                                   principles of healthy eating                      The Principal Learning of the Built Environment
                                                                                                                                                                              • Plants, animals and humans: how they relate                                                            Diploma is centred around three themes:
                   • Exploring business management for the hair      • Working with plants and animals                       growth, breeding and handling                                                                        • Business and financial practices in hospitality
                      and beauty sector                                                                                                                                       • Plants and animals: safe working practices                                                             • Design the built environment
                                                                     • Introducing the role and value of plants and       • Plants and animals: their role in society            and relevant legislation                         What can I do after this course?
                   • Exploring media and image within the hair          animals to society                                • The importance of a sustainable environment                                                                                                                • Create the built environment
                      and beauty sector                                                                                                                                       • Sustainable management and development            This diploma will give you the skills you need
                                                                     • Sustainability and the importance of                  to society                                          of resources                                     for university or work, and is a first step          • Value and use of the built environment
                   • Exploring the world of spas                        sustainable use of the environment                • Monitoring the environment                                                                            towards a career in the sector i.e. a degree in      The course will largely involve applied learning
                                                                                                                                                                              • Global impacts and the environmental and
                   • Business planning and finance within the hair                                                                                                                                                                Hospitality, Events Management or Business.          and will encompass study of the design process,
                                                                     The course will largely involve applied learning.    • Sources and uses of energy                           land-based sector
                      and beauty sector                                                                                                                                                                                           Alternatively you could begin work in any area       the impact of the built environment on people
                                                                     You will carry out practical projects and can        The course will largely involve applied learning.   • Research methodology, evaluation and
                   • Cosmetic science                                                                                                                                                                                             of the hospitality industry or run your own          and communities, materials and structures,
                                                                     choose to study related additional and specialist    You will carry out practical projects and can          environmental analysis                           business.                                            and facilities management. Design work will
                   You will also be able to study for a specialist   learning which complements the Principal             choose to study related additional and specialist
                                                                     Learning. You will also learn practical skills                                                           The course will largely involve applied learning.                                                        include drawing, model making and computer-
                   learning qualification in either hairdressing                                                          learning which complements the Principal            You will carry out practical projects and can                                                            aided design skills. In addition you will carry
                   or beauty therapy alongside your main             including work experience.                           Learning. You will also learn practical skills      choose to study related additional and specialist                                                        out practical projects using tools and equipment
                   qualification.                                    What can I do after this course?                     including work experience.                          learning which complements the Principal                                                                 and develop a range of basic construction
                   What can I do after this course?                  Learners will be able to progress to Level 2         What can I do after this course?                    Learning. You will also learn practical skills                                                           skills.
                   Upon successful completion of the Advanced        Higher Diploma or another full-time Level 2          You may choose to continue your studies onto        including work experience.                                                                               You may also choose to study related additional
                   Diploma, you may wish to progress to a            course. Alternatively you may wish to consider       the Advanced Diploma or another Advanced            What can I do after this course?                                                                         and specialist learning courses that complement
                   Foundation Degree or Degree in your chosen        an apprenticeship in a related subject.              course in a related area of study. Alternatively                                                                                                             the Principal Learning of the Diploma and help
                                                                                                                                                                              You may wish to apply for related study at
                   area of specialism or progress to employment                                                           you may wish to consider an apprenticeship in       higher education level, or seek employment                                                               you to progress.
                   within the industry.                                                                                   a related subject.                                  within the sector.                                                                                       What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Learners who successfully complete the Higher
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Diploma will be able to progress to a full-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       time Level 3 course including the Advanced
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       or Progression Diploma, BTEC National
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Diploma or a combined A-level programme.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Alternatively, you may wish to consider an
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       apprenticeship in a related subject.




  22                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      23
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    as/a2

     AS/A2                                                               STUDENT ProFILES                            AS/A2 Applied Science
                                                                                                                     (Double Award)
                                                                                                                                                                         AS/A2 Biology                                        AS/A2 Business Studies




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  as/a2
                                                                                                                                                                         LEVEL      3                                         LEVEL      3
                                                                                                                                                                         LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                  LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
                                                                                                                     LEVEL      3
     rEaCh ThE nExT LEVEL                                                “i came to the Joseph Wright                LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
                                                                                                                                                                         YEARS      1                                         YEARS      1

                                                                         Centre to study a levels in                 YEARS      1                                         Course Summary                                      Course Summary
     broaden your horizons with A-level study at Derby                   English Language, media                     Course Summary                                       Biology at Advanced level will enable you to        A-level Business enables candidates to focus
                                                                         studies and English Literature              Applied Science is a more practical and              acquire a systematic body of knowledge and an       on the dynamic nature of the contemporary
     college. choose from a fascinating range of relevant                                                            coursework orientated programme than                 appreciation of its significance. It is a subject   business world. The course also provides
                                                                         because i wanted to gain some                                                                    that can provide you with great enjoyment and       opportunities for research into topical business
     and inspiring subjects.                                             independence in preparation for
                                                                                                                     traditional A-level Sciences. You will cover a
                                                                                                                                                                          respect for all things living. It can prepare you   issues.
                                                                                                                     mixture of biology, chemistry and physics, plus
                                                                         university.                                 topics such as social and economic science,          for further study or employment.                    How will I be assessed?
     both academic and vocational subjects are taught at                                                             project management and professional report           How will I be assessed?                             100% exam in AS year. 50% exam 50%
     The Joseph Wright centre - a state-of-the-art                       “I have really enjoyed my English           preparation. Applied Science is offered as a         Written examinations and practical skills. 80%      coursework in A2 year.
                                                                                                                     Double A-level only.                                 exams. 20% practical skills.
     learning environment in the heart of the city.                                  Literature course which                                                                                                                  Entry requirements
                                                                                                                     How will I be assessed?                              Entry requirements
                                                                                      covers a wide range of                                                                                                                  5 GCSEs at grade C or above. You must have
     AS subjects are normally studied in year                                                                        33% exam, 67% coursework weighting.                  5 GCSEs at grade C or above, including              English and Maths at grade C or higher.
                                                                                     reading material and
                                                                                                                     Entry requirements                                   English. You must also have a grade BB for          How much time will I spend on the
     1, followed by A2 in the second year.                                           has also involved trips to                                                           Double Award Science.                               course?
                                                                                                                     CC at science GCSE; plus C at Maths and
     Progression to A2 is dependent on achieving a                                   shows. We went to watch         English GSCE; plus at least one more Grade C. How much time will I spend on the                          5 hours per week.
                                                                                     All Quiet on the Western        How much time will I spend on the                    course?
     grade D or above at AS.                                                        Front in Nottingham which
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                                                                     course?                                              5 hours per week.                                   required?
     Key skills development is integral to all                                      was not only enjoyable but       10 hours per week tuition.                           How many hours of self-study will be                2 - 4 hours homework.
                                                                                    also helped to increase my       How many hours of self-study will be                 required?
     the courses. AS students undertake AS                                                                                                                                                                                    How is the course delivered?
                                                                                    knowledge in the subject.        required?                                            2-4 hours per week.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Mix of classroom-based delivery.
     citizenship and A2 students undertake AS                                                                        5 to 10 hours per week private study.                How is the course delivered?
                                                                                   “coming to the Joseph                                                                                                                      Who is this course suitable for?
     general Studies. All students are assigned a                                                                    How is the course delivered?                         Classroom-based learning, practical work and
                                                                                   Wright centre is a chance                                                              trips.                                              Those learners who wish to learn more about
                                                                                                                     All classes are delivered in purpose-built,                                                              the business studies environment with a view to
     personal tutor and attend weekly tutorials to                                to study in a grown-up             air-conditioned laboratories. A typical week         Who is this course suitable for?                    pursuing a career in this field or progression to
     support their academic and personal development.                    environment where you meet like-            will include lectures, demonstrations, problem       Suitable for students who wish to go into Higher    university.
                                                                         minded people. you are encouraged           classes, tutorials, lab sessions, project work,      Education or a career in Medicine, Veterinary
                                                                                                                     presentations, debates and group activities.                                                             What are the mandatory modules or
     Subjects to be offered...                                           to manage your own work and time,                                                                Medicine, Animal Health, Agriculture or             units?
                                                                                                                     Who is this course suitable for?                     Horticulture, etc.
                                                                         with support there if you need it, so it                                                                                                             AO1 - Demonstrate knowledge and
     both academic and vocational subjects are taught at The Joseph                                                  The Applied Science A-levels are an alternative What are the mandatory modules or                        understanding of the specified content. AO2 -
                                                                         prepares you better for university life.                                                         units?
     Wright centre as part of the very wide range of courses available                                               to academic A-levels for those interested in                                                             Apply knowledge and critical understanding to
                                                                         Being here has definitely made me           pursuing scientific careers. They are particularly AS: Cells, Exchanges and Transport; Molecules,
     at Derby college.                                                                                                                                                                                                        problems and issues arising from familiar and
                                                                         much more of an individual.”                appropriate for those who enjoy a more               Biodiversity, Food and Health and Practical         unfamiliar situations. AO3 - Analyse problems
     • AS subjects are normally studied in Year 1 and A2 in the second                                               practical approach to learning.                      Skills in Biology 1. A2: Communication,             and issues. AO4 - Evaluate and distinguish
       year.                                                             Elise bola (18)                             What are the mandatory modules or                    Homeostasis and Energy; Control, Genomes            between fact and opinion and assess
                                                                         A2 English Literature and Language          units?                                               and Environment and Practical Skills in Biology     information from a variety of sources.
     • Progression to A2 is dependent upon achieving a Grade D or                                                                                                         2.
                                                                                                                     AS: Module 1 - Science at Work, Module                                                                   What are the additional modules or
       above at AS.                                                                                                  2 - Analysis at Work, Module 3 - Monitoring          What are the additional modules or                  units?
                                                                                                                     Human Body, Module 4 - Cells and Molecules, units?                                                       N/A
     Vocational Diplomas         (see relevant subject areas)            “i came to the Joseph Wright                Module 5 - Chemicals for a Purpose,                  N/A                                                 What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                         Centre because i was so                     Module 7 - Physics of Sport. A2: Module
     • Business See page 52-53                                                                                                                                            What materials do I have to provide?                N/A
                                                                         impressed with the purpose-                 8 - Investigating the Scientist’s Work, Module
     • Care See page 54-57                                                                                           9 - Sampling, Testing and Processing, Module         Pens, paper, etc.                                   Are there any additional costs or
                                                                         built facilities, great atmosphere
                                                                                                                     12 - Electrons in Action, Module 14 - Ecology        Are there any additional costs or                   specialist equipment required?
     • IT See page 100-103                                               and excellent pass rates.                   and Environment, Module 15 - Biotechnology.          specialist equipment required?                      N/A
     • Media See page 106-107                                            i am studying as Biology,                   Module 16 - Working Waves.
                                                                                                                                                                          No                                                  What can I do after this course?
                                                                         Environmental studies, science in           What are the additional modules or
     • Music See page 108-109                                                                                        units?                                               What can I do after this course?                    You can progress to Higher Education
                                                                         society and Geography and hope
     • Performing Arts See page 110-111                                                                              None.                                                Higher Education or employment.                     or commence a career in the business
                                                                         to go onto university to study                                                                                                                       environment
                                                                                                                     What materials do I have to provide?                 What careers would this course be useful
                                                                         Zoology or Environmental science.                                                                for?                                                What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                     Stationery and calculator.                                                                               for?
                                                                                                                                                                          Useful for careers in Sciences, Engineering,
                                                                                   “I am really enjoying my          Are there any additional costs or                    Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy, Education.           Marketing, Advertising, Financial - Banking and
                                                                                    courses. The quality of          specialist equipment required?                                                                           Retail.
                                                                                    teaching is excellent. The       No.
                                                                                    teachers offer great support     What can I do after this course?
                                                                                     and you get treated like an     University or employment. An Applied Science
                                                                                                                     A-level qualification leads to entry to universities
                                                                                     adult. The science facilities   for a wide variety of science-related courses
                                                                                     are well equipped - there       and gives a qualification for the world of work.
                                                                                      are workstations outside       What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                      the classroom where you        for?
                                                                                      can go to study and the        Most practical and technical science careers.
                                                                                       common room offers a          Many of our students go into paramedical
                                                                                                                     areas.
                                                                                       place to relax. There is
                                                                                      also a fantastic array of
                                                                         extra-curricular activities to help you
                                                                         meet people and make new friends.”
                                                                         Mark roe (17)
                                                                         AS biology




24                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                25
           as/a2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              as/a2

        AS/A2 Chemistry                                    AS/A2 Citizenship                                  AS/A2 Critical Thinking                          AS/A2 Dance                                          AS/A2 Drama & Theatre Studies                       AS/A2 English Language
as/a2




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           as/a2
        LEVEL      3                                       LEVEL      3                                       LEVEL      3                                     LEVEL      3                                         LEVEL      3                                        LEVEL      3
        LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE              LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                  LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                 LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
        YEARS      1                                       YEARS      1                                       YEARS      1                                     YEARS      1                                         YEARS      1                                        YEARS      1

        Course Summary                                     Course Summary                                     Course Summary                                   Course Summary                                       Course Summary                                      Course Summary
        Chemistry is an important and exciting subject     A Social Science specification focussing on        You will learn to analyse and evaluate ideas     Over the duration of the 2 years, you will           The course explores drama and theatre from          English Language A-level is very different from
        which is widely accepted in the world of           Citizenship has an important role to play in       and arguments as well as constructing clear,     develop an understanding of dance in a               a number of perspectives: Performer, Director,      GCSE. It involves linguistic analysis of a range
        work and Higher Education. It complements          the intellectual and social development of         logical and coherent lines of reasoning.         variety of contexts, giving you an insight into      Designer and Deviser. Plays are brought to          of different types of writing. It complements
        many other subjects and is a requirement           individuals. The nature of Citizenship is at the   How will I be assessed?                          developing both technical performance and            life through practical exploration; students will   many other subjects and can help in a range of
        for Medicine, Pharmacy and other related           heart of contemporary debate about the kind of                                                      analytical skills.                                   look at how plays are written for performance.      careers such as teaching and journalism.
        qualifications.                                    society we are striving to build and the role of   Two exams each of 1.5 hours duration. Both                                                            Students will also create an original piece of
                                                                                                              exams have equal marks.                          How will I be assessed?                                                                                  How will I be assessed?
        How will I be assessed?                            the State.                                                                                                                                               theatre to perform to a live audience.
                                                                                                              Entry requirements                               Throughout the course you will study various                                                             Written exams and coursework in both years.
        Written examinations and practical coursework      How will I be assessed?                                                                             units and work towards the following: AS             How will I be assessed?                             Split 60% : 40%. 1 written paper and 1 set of
        split 80:20.                                       You will be assessed by 3 one-hour                 You must be a keen and motivated student         Unit 1 Written exam 40%. AS Unit 2 Practical         AS: Written Coursework and Practical                coursework per year.
                                                           examinations taken in January or June.             and have a very good grade in GCSE English       coursework 60%. A2 Unit 3 Written exam 25%           Exploration of 2 play texts - 20%. A practical
        Entry requirements                                                                                    Language (grade B or above).                                                                                                                              Entry requirements
                                                           Entry requirements                                                                                  of total A-level marks. A2 Unit 4 Practical exam     monologue or duologue and a contribution to
        5 GCSEs at C grade or above including English                                                         How much time will I spend on the                25% of total A-level marks.                          a group piece of drama - 30%. A2: A group           5 GCSEs at grade C or above. You must have
        Language. Double Award Science at grade B          5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English      course?                                                                                               devised piece and accompanying notes - 20%          a grade B in English Language.
        and Maths at grade C are also required.            Language.                                                                                           Entry requirements
                                                                                                              1 hour in a formal teaching environment                                                               Written exam - 30%                                  How much time will I spend on the
        How much time will I spend on the                  How much time will I spend on the                                                                   Students need to have five GCSEs grades A-C.                                                             course?
                                                                                                              plus directed learning/homework. 2 units to      No formal dance qualifications are required.         Entry requirements
        course?                                            course?                                            complete.                                                                                                                                                 5 hours per week.
                                                                                                                                                               However, candidates should have some dance           5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English
        5 hours per week.                                  1 hour per week.                                   How many hours of self-study will be             experience.                                          Language.                                           How many hours of self-study will be
        How many hours of self-study will be               How many hours of self-study will be               required?                                        How much time will I spend on the                    How much time will I spend on the                   required?
        required?                                          required?                                          1 - 2 hours per week of either homework,         course?                                              course?                                             5 hours per week, homework and research.
        2-4 hours per week.                                2 hours per week; homework and research.           directed study - using Moodle and/or Internet.   5 hours of class contact time per week.              5 hours contact time a week.                        How is the course delivered?
        How is the course delivered?                       How is the course delivered?                       How is the course delivered?                     How many hours of self-study will be                 How many hours of self-study will be                Classroom-based learning, investigations, trips
        Classroom-based learning, practical work and       Classroom-based learning and individual            Mainly through formal input and Q and A          required?                                            required?                                           and guest speakers.
        trips.                                             research and debate.                               tasks. Other forms of teaching and learning      Minimum of 2 hours per week.                         2 - 3 hours personal time per week, and             Who is this course suitable for?
        Who is this course suitable for?                   Who is this course suitable for?                   will take place, such as directed learning and                                                        homework.
                                                                                                              Internet research.                               How is the course delivered?                                                                             Anyone interested in the nuts and bolts of
        Anyone wanting to follow a career path in the      All students wanting a broader experience at                                                        The course involves a combination of both            How is the course delivered?                        English Language. It also combines well with a
        Sciences, Maths, Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy     A-level.                                           Who is this course suitable for?                                                                                                                          broad range of subjects and careers.
                                                                                                                                                               practical and theory classes. Each week you will     Through a combination of theory-based
        and a range of other courses.                      What are the mandatory modules or                  Any AS/A2 level student - this subject is        participate in a dance technique class as well as    sessions and practical workshops which              What are the mandatory modules or
        What are the mandatory modules or                  units?                                             complementary to most subjects.                  other practical dance/choreography workshops         incorporate group work. Also there will be a full   units?
        units?                                             The Citizen and The State, The Citizen and The     What are the mandatory modules or                which will involve both group and solo work.         performance towards the end of both AS and          AS: Categorising Texts and Creating Texts.
        AS: Atoms, Bonds and Groups, Chains, Energy        Political Process, The Citizen, Society and The    units?                                           Who is this course suitable for?                     A2 courses.                                         A2: Developing Language and Investigating
        and Resources and Practical Skills in Chemistry.   Community.                                         Two units: Unit 1 - Introduction to Critical     The course is suitable for students wishing          Who is this course suitable for?                    Language.
        A2: Rings, Polymers and Analysis, Equilibrium,     What are the additional modules or                 Thinking. Unit 2 - Assessing and Developing      to learn or extend their knowledge of dance          This course will appeal to students who enjoy       What are the additional modules or
        Energetics and Elements and Practical Skills in    units?                                             Argument.                                        performance and choreography, as well                watching live theatre and enjoy the process of      units?
        Chemistry.                                                                                            What are the additional modules or               as to gain an appreciation of contextual             bringing plays to life; who enjoy researching
                                                           N/A                                                                                                                                                                                                          N/A
        What are the additional modules or                                                                    units?                                           understanding. This course is suitable for           a subject and applying this to their practical
        units?                                             What materials do I have to provide?                                                                students who hope to pursue a career in dance        work; who want the opportunity to analyse and       What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                              None.
        N/A                                                Pens, paper, etc.                                                                                   or performing arts.                                  practically explore theatre.                        Pens, paper etc.
                                                                                                              What materials do I have to provide?
        What materials do I have to provide?               Are there any additional costs or                                                                   What are the mandatory modules or                    What are the mandatory modules or                   Are there any additional costs or
                                                           specialist equipment required?                     Pen and paper.                                   units?                                               units?                                              specialist equipment required?
        Pens, paper, etc.                                                                                     Are there any additional costs or
                                                           No                                                                                                  AS Unit 1 is a written examination assessing         AS: Unit 1 - Exploration of Drama and Theatre.      No
        Are there any additional costs or                                                                     specialist equipment required?                   your knowledge of dance theory. AS Unit              Unit 2 - Theatre Text in Performance. A2: Unit
        specialist equipment required?                     What can I do after this course?                                                                                                                                                                             What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                              No.                                              2 involves 2 pieces of practical coursework          3 - Exploration of Dramatic Performance.
        No                                                 Citizenship carries a points tariff for UCAS and                                                    (choreography and performance). A2 Unit              Unit 4 - Theatre Text in Context.                   Higher Education or employment.
                                                           employment opportunities.                          What can I do after this course?
        What can I do after this course?                                                                                                                       3 is a written examination assessing your            What are the additional modules or                  What careers would this course be useful
                                                           What careers would this course be useful           Works well alongside all AS levels.              knowledge of dance theory and a set work.                                                                for?
        Higher Education or employment.                                                                                                                                                                             units?
                                                           for?                                               What careers would this course be useful         A2 Unit 4 is a practical examination involving                                                           Teaching, Journalism, Law, Psychology and all
        What careers would this course be useful                                                              for?                                             choreography and performance.                        N/A
                                                           An understanding of Citizenship is important in                                                                                                                                                              general forms of employment.
        for?                                               all walks of life.                                 Useful for a career in journalism or any other   What are the additional modules or                   What materials do I have to provide?
        Sciences, Engineering, Medicine, Dentistry,                                                           profession.                                      units?                                               Students will be expected to provide writing
        Pharmacy.                                                                                                                                              N/A                                                  equipment and suitable clothing for practical
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    sessions.
                                                                                                                                                               What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                                                                               ‘The Essential Guide to Dance’ written by Linda      specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                                                                               Ashley is a useful study aid for students studying
                                                                                                                                                               this course.                                         Students will be required to purchase copies of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    the two texts being studied.
                                                                                                                                                               Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                                                                               specialist equipment required?                       What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                                                                               Practical clothes for dance classes.                 This course could lead to similar subjects within
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Higher Education, Performing Arts, English
                                                                                                                                                               What can I do after this course?                     Literature.
                                                                                                                                                               This course will help prepare you for Higher         What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                               Education such as a Higher National Diploma          for?
                                                                                                                                                               or degree course at university.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Careers within the field of performing arts.
                                                                                                                                                               What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                               for?
                                                                                                                                                               Students interested in pursuing a career in
                                                                                                                                                               dance can expect to go on and train as a
                                                                                                                                                               professional ballet or contemporary dancer,
                                                                                                                                                               a choreographer or dance teacher/lecturer in
                                                                                                                                                               Primary, Secondary or Further Education.




26                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         27
           as/a2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             as/a2

        AS/A2 English Literature                           AS/A2 English Literature and                    AS/A2 Environmental Studies                        AS/A2 Film Studies                                 AS/A2 Fine Art                                        AS/A2 French
                                                           Language
as/a2




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          as/a2
        LEVEL      3                                                                                        LEVEL      3                                      LEVEL      3                                       LEVEL      3                                          LEVEL      3
        LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                                                                 LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE               LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                   LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
                                                           LEVEL      3
        YEARS      1                                                                                        YEARS      1                                      YEARS      1                                       YEARS      1                                          YEARS      1
                                                           LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
        Course Summary                                     YEARS      1                                    Course Summary                                     Course Summary                                     Course Summary                                        Course Summary
        This course will enable you to study a wide        Course Summary                                  Environmental Studies enables students to          This course will include developing skills in      Included in this course of study are extensive        This course enables learners to use French for
        range of English texts from a number of            English is an exciting and important            gain a deep and well informed insight into the     analysing mainstream and alternative films.        practical, theoretical and analytical elements.       the purpose of communication and to foster
        historical periods. It complements many other      qualification which will enable you to develop  environment and the scientific processes that      The course will provide knowledge about            In-depth research and development of ideas is         the ability to collect, analyse and exchange
        subjects.                                          your skills and abilities and provide you with  control and affect it. The course is based on a    all aspects of the film industry: Production,      a key part of the course. You will be introduced      information, ideas and attitudes through the
        How will I be assessed?                            progression routes to Higher Education,         thematic approach covering the rocks of the        Distribution and Exhibition in terms of            to a broad variety of media, processes and            medium of the French language.
                                                           employment or further training.                 earth, the atmosphere, water and life.             ownership and funding for film-making and          techniques.                                           How will I be assessed?
        Written examination and coursework. The split                                                                                                         cinema audiences.
        is 60 : 40. 1 exam and 1 set of coursework.        How will I be assessed?                         How will I be assessed?                                                                               How will I be assessed?                               100% exams.
                                                                                                           There will be two written exams for AS and two     How will I be assessed?                            Work is continually assessed and you will also
        Entry requirements                                 60% written exam. 40% coursework.                                                                                                                                                                           Entry requirements
                                                                                                           written exams for A2. There is no coursework       AS: There are 2 units - 1 examination unit and     discuss and evaluate your own work. All work
        5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English      Entry requirements                              requirement.                                       1 coursework unit. The exam is worth 60% and       is assessed internally and externally moderated.      5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English
        Language.                                          5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English Entry requirements                                   the coursework unit 40%. A2: There are 2 units     Coursework 60% and exam 40% of overall                Language. Grade A or B in French at GCSE
        How much time will I spend on the                  Language at grade B preferable. Learners must                                                      - 1 examination unit and 1 coursework unit.        marks.                                                required. An interest in French-speaking
        course?                                            pass the AS programme before progressing to 5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English          Both are worth 50% of the overall A2 grade.        Entry requirements
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       countries and their culture is essential.
                                                           A2 study.                                       Language. It is not necessary to have taken                                                                                                                 How much time will I spend on the
        5 hours per week.                                                                                  Environmental Studies at GCSE level.               Entry requirements                                 Minimum of 5 GCSEs grade C or above
                                                           How much time will I spend on the                                                                                                                                                                           course?
        How many hours of self-study will be                                                               How much time will I spend on the                  Students need to have 5 GCSEs grades A - C.        including Art and Design and English. AS Fine
        required?                                          course?                                                                                            A grade D at AS-level is required for              Art at grade D or above to progress to A2 level.      5 hours per week.
                                                                                                           course?
        5 hours per week, homework, research and           5 hours per week.                                                                                  progression onto A2-level.                         How much time will I spend on the                     How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                                                           5 hours per week.                                                                                                                                           required?
        private study.                                     How many hours of self-study will be                                                               How much time will I spend on the                  course?
                                                           required?                                       How many hours of self-study will be               course?                                                                                                  2 - 4 hours per week for homework.
        How is the course delivered?                                                                       required?                                                                                             2 units, 5 hours per week.
        Classroom-based learning, practical work and       5 hours per week, homework, research and                                                           5 hours per week.                                  How many hours of self-study will be                  How is the course delivered?
                                                           private study.                                  2 - 4 hours per week, homework and research.
        trips.                                                                                                                                                How many hours of self-study will be               required?                                             Classroom-based learning, small group and/or
                                                           How is the course delivered?                    How is the course delivered?                       required?                                                                                                individual language practice.
        Who is this course suitable for?                                                                                                                                                                         Minimum 5 hours private study expected per
                                                           Classroom-based learning and trips, ILT and     Classroom-based learning, practical work and       2 - 4 hours per week.                              week.                                                 Who is this course suitable for?
        Students wishing to extend their reading of                                                        trips.
        English from a range of genres. It is useful for   independent research.                                                                              How is the course delivered?                       How is the course delivered?                          Students who are interested in developing
        a number of careers including teaching and         Who is this course suitable for?                Who is this course suitable for?                                                                                                                            their skills in French and wish to enhance their
                                                                                                                                                              There will be a mixture of classroom-based         Classroom-based learning with gallery and site
        journalism.                                        Anyone wishing to progress to further training, This course will be ideal for students who are     learning and cinema visits.                        visits. ILT and library access.                       prospects for future employment.
        What are the mandatory modules or                  journalism, teaching and a range of other       interested in their environment and how the                                                                                                                 What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                                           natural world is used and affected by people.      Who is this course suitable for?                   Who is this course suitable for?
        units?                                             Higher Education courses.                                                                                                                                                                                   units?
                                                                                                           What are the mandatory modules or                  Students wishing to learn more about film and      Students wishing to know more about the
        AS: Poetry and Victorian Literature and            What are the mandatory modules or                                                                  the media.                                         subject or interested in a career in Art and          AS: Unit 1 Listening, Reading and Writing; Unit
        coursework. A2: Theme in Literature and            units?                                          units?                                                                                                                                                      2 Speaking Test. A2: Unit 3 Listening, Reading
                                                                                                                                                              What are the mandatory modules or                  Design or teaching.
        coursework.                                        AS: Unit 1 - Introduction to Language and       AS Unit 1 - The Living Environment, AS Unit 2                                                                                                               and Writing; Unit 4 Speaking Test.
                                                                                                                                                              units?                                             What are the mandatory modules or
        What are the additional modules or                 Literature Study. Unit 2 - Themes in Language - The Physical Environment, A2 Unit 3 - Energy                                                          units?                                                What are the additional modules or
        units?                                             and Literature. A2: Unit 3 - Talk on Life and   Resources and Pollution, and A2 Unit 4 -           For AS there are 2 units: Coursework unit:                                                               units?
                                                           Literature. Unit 4 - Text Transformation.       Biological Resources and Sustainability. All are   FM1 - you will analyse a film as well as having    AS: Unit 1 coursework. Unit 2 externally set
        N/A                                                                                                mandatory, there are no options.                   opportunities for film-making. Exam unit:          assignment. A2: Unit 3 coursework. Unit 4             N/A
        What materials do I have to provide?               What are the additional modules or                                                                 FM2 - You will study ideas about the film          externally set assignment.                            What materials do I have to provide?
                                                           units?                                          What are the additional modules or
        Pens, paper etc.                                                                                   units?                                             industry and particularly the British and US       What are the additional modules or                    Pens, paper, etc. Desirable additional resources
                                                           N/A                                                                                                film industries. For A2 the structure is similar   units?                                                might include a good dictionary and audio-
        Are there any additional costs or                                                                  N/A                                                and deals with a broader view of film studies
        specialist equipment required?                     What materials do I have to provide?                                                                                                                  Life drawing.                                         visual materials.
                                                                                                           What materials do I have to provide?               including ‘World Cinema’.
        No                                                 Folders, pens, paper, novels/play.                                                                                                                    What materials do I have to provide?                  Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                           Pens, paper etc.                                   What are the additional modules or                                                                       specialist equipment required?
        What can I do after this course?                   Are there any additional costs or                                                                  units?                                             A materials list will be supplied at enrolment.
                                                           specialist equipment required?                  Are there any additional costs or                                                                                                                           No
        Higher Education or employment.                                                                    specialist equipment required?                     None.                                              Are there any additional costs or
                                                           No                                                                                                                                                    specialist equipment required?                        What can I do after this course?
        What careers would this course be useful                                                           No                                                 What materials do I have to provide?
        for?                                               What can I do after this course?                                                                                                                      A contribution towards a compulsory residential       Either specialise in French in Higher Education
                                                                                                           What can I do after this course?                   You will be advised on a current textbook                                                                or work in companies with European and
        Journalism, teaching, public services and other    Higher Education or employment.                                                                    to purchase. Students will be provided with        visit to London or other galleries, to do essential
                                                                                                           As part of a group of science or art A-levels,                                                        research (visit is subsidised by the College).        international links.
        general employment.                                What careers would this course be useful Environmental Studies provides an ideal                   appropriate learning resources to achieve a
                                                           for?                                                                                               high grade in this subject.                        What can I do after this course?                      What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                           base for employment, a range of vocational                                                                                                                  for?
                                                           Journalism, teaching, public services and other qualifications and a very wide variety of Higher   Are there any additional costs or                  Art Foundation and a broad range of Art and
                                                           general employment.                             Education courses.                                 specialist equipment required?                     Design HE courses.                                    Useful for a career in media, fashion, tourism,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       teaching, translating/interpreting, business,
                                                                                                           What careers would this course be useful           None.                                              What careers would this course be useful              catering and journalism.
                                                                                                           for?                                               What can I do after this course?                   for?
                                                                                                           A wide range of careers now have an                With the right grades and combination of           Useful for progression to a range of Higher
                                                                                                           environmental aspect, so careers could range       A-levels, you can go on to a degree studying       Education Art and Design courses and
                                                                                                           from environmental journalism if combined with     a range of film and media courses such as          subsequently a career in the Art and Design
                                                                                                           art subjects to environmental monitoring, e.g.     journalism, film and television.                   industry, teaching, etc.
                                                                                                           pollution control, if combined with sciences.
                                                                                                                                                              What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                              for?
                                                                                                                                                              Film and media-related careers such as
                                                                                                                                                              journalism and various jobs which are film and
                                                                                                                                                              media-related.




28                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        29
           as/a2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               as/a2

        AS/A2 General Studies                             AS/A2 Geography                                  AS/A2 Graphics                                       AS/A2 Health & Social Care                          AS/A2 History                                        AS/A2 Information
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Communication Technology
as/a2




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             as/a2
        LEVEL      3                                      LEVEL      3                                     LEVEL      3                                         LEVEL      3                                        LEVEL      3
        LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE               LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE              LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                  LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                 LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         LEVEL      3
        YEARS      1                                      YEARS      1                                     YEARS      1                                         YEARS      1                                        YEARS      1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
        Course Summary                                    Course Summary                                   Course Summary                                       Course Summary                                      Course Summary                                       YEARS      1

        General Studies aims to give candidates the       Geography is a broad subject at A-level,         The course provides a very thorough and              This course combines academic study with            At AS we study 2 units: the USA from 1890 to         Course Summary
        opportunity to extend their interests to a wide   providing a good basis for Higher Education or   rewarding study of graphics. Included are            application of theories during visits to care       1945 and Britain in the 1960s. Both cover            A-level ICT will help students who wish to go
        range of subjects. It encourages students to      employment. The course includes both Physical    extensive practical and theoretical/historical       establishments. The course aims to develop          social, cultural and political topics. At A2         on to Higher Education courses or employment
        recognise the interdependence of different        and Human Geography topics.                      elements. The aims of this course are to furnish     your understanding of health, early years care      we study aspects of International Relations          where understanding how ICT can be used in
        areas of study and to think critically and        How will I be assessed?                          the learner with specialist skills in graphics       and education social care and issues affecting      from 1945 to 2004 - primarily the Cold War           society and business, and the implications of its
        logically.                                                                                         and visual communication, development of             these sectors. The skills of research evaluation    and its aftermath, and Ireland from 1868 to          use, will be a valuable asset.
                                                          Two 2-hour written examinations at AS. One       a creative approach to design briefs and             and problem solving will be developed in a          1998. In the latter, students will be responsible
        How will I be assessed?                           2-hour written examination at A2 and a choice                                                                                                                                                                  How will I be assessed?
                                                                                                           an awareness of visual culture. There is a           work-related context.                               for choosing a topic to study in depth for a
        2 AS examinations and 2 A2 examinations. No       of either an examination (1.5 hours) on a        residential in the second year.                                                                          coursework assignment.                               100% examination in AS year. 50%
        coursework.                                       fieldwork investigation or geographical issue.                                                        How will I be assessed?
                                                                                                           How will I be assessed?                                                                                  How will I be assessed?                              examination, 50% coursework in A2 year.
        Entry requirements                                Entry requirements                                                                                    40% exam and 60% coursework.                                                                             Examinations will be in January and/or June
                                                                                                           Work is continually assessed and you will            Entry requirements                                  Examination in January and June plus a               each year.
        5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English     5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English    discuss and evaluate your own work. All work                                                             coursework module.
        Language.                                         Language. It is not necessary to have taken      is assessed internally and externally moderated.     5 GCSEs at grade C or above, including                                                                   Entry requirements
                                                          Geography at GCSE level.                                                                              English Language.                                   Entry requirements
        How much time will I spend on the                                                                  Course work 60% and exam 40% of overall                                                                                                                       5 GCSE subjects at grade C or higher. You
        course?                                           How much time will I spend on the                marks.                                               How much time will I spend on the                   5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English        must have English at a grade C or above.
                                                          course?                                                                                               course?                                             Language. To continue at A2 level, students will
        1 hour per week.                                                                                   Entry requirements                                                                                       need to have a grade D at AS level History. You      How much time will I spend on the
        How many hours of self-study will be              5 hours per week.                                5 GCSEs at grade C or above including Art and        5 hours each week.                                  do not need to have studied History at GCSE to       course?
        required?                                         How many hours of self-study will be             Design and English. AS Graphics grade D or           How many hours of self-study will be                take this course.                                    5 hours per week.
        2 - 4 hours per week homework, research and       required?                                        above to progress to A2 level.                       required?                                           How much time will I spend on the                    How many hours of self-study will be
        private study.                                    2 - 4 hours per week, homework, research and     How much time will I spend on the                    3 - 5 hours each week.                              course?                                              required?
        How is the course delivered?                      private study.                                   course?                                              How is the course delivered?                        5 hours per week.                                    3 hours on homework/coursework
        Classroom-based learning and local visits.        How is the course delivered?                     2 units, 5 hours per week.                           3 lectures per week, with occasional workshops      How many hours of self-study will be                 How is the course delivered?
        Who is this course suitable for?                  Classroom-based learning, practical work and     How many hours of self-study will be                 for visits to care settings.                        required?                                            Mix of classroom-based delivery.
                                                          trips.                                           required?                                            Who is this course suitable for?                    2 - 4 hours per week.
        Suitable for all students on AS and A2                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Who is this course suitable for?
        programmes.                                       Who is this course suitable for?                 Minimum 5 hours private study expected.              People interested in careers in health and social   How is the course delivered?                         For students who wish to go on to Higher
        What are the mandatory modules or                 Anyone wanting to progress to Higher             How is the course delivered?                         care or in academic study in areas of social        Classroom-based learning, practical work and         Education courses or employment where
        units?                                            Education in a Geography related field or        Classroom-based learning with gallery and site       policy.                                             trips.                                               understanding of how ICT can be used in
                                                          employment or further training.                  visits. ILT Mac Suite and library access.            What are the mandatory modules or                                                                        society and business, and the implications of its
        Divided into 3 teaching modules: The Social                                                                                                                                                                 Who is this course suitable for?
        Domain; Culture, Arts and Humanities; and         What are the mandatory modules or                Who is this course suitable for?                     units?                                                                                                   use, will be a valuable asset.
                                                          units?                                                                                                                                                    Anyone who has the relevant entry
        Science, Maths and Technology.                                                                     Students wishing to know more about the              Human Growth and Development,                       requirements and enjoys the subject.                 What are the mandatory modules or
        What are the additional modules or                Unit 1: AS Core Physical - Rivers, floods and    subject or who are interested in Art and Design      Communication and Values and Positive Care                                                               units?
                                                          management. AS Core Human - Global                                                                    Environment.                                        What are the mandatory modules or
        units?                                                                                             as a career.                                                                                             units?                                               INFO1 - Students will undertake a range
                                                          population change. Unit 2: AS Applied                                                                 What are the additional modules or                                                                       of practical software activities - designing,
        N/A                                               Geography.                                       What are the mandatory modules or                                                                        AS: The USA from 1890 to 1945 and Britain
                                                                                                           units?                                               units?                                                                                                   implementing and testing solutions. INFO2 -
        What materials do I have to provide?              What are the additional modules or                                                                                                                        in the 1960s. A2: Aspects of International           Students will begin to realise the important role
                                                                                                           AS: Unit 1 coursework. Unit 2 externally set         N/A                                                 Relations from 1945 to 2004 and Ireland from
        Pens, paper etc.                                  units?                                                                                                                                                                                                         that ICT plays in society and understand the
                                                                                                           assignment. A2: Unit 3 coursework. Unit 4            What materials do I have to provide?                1868 to 1998.                                        wider picture of basic terms and concepts. A2
        Are there any additional costs or                 AS Options: Physical - Coastal Environments.     externally set assignment.
        specialist equipment required?                    Human - Food Supply.                                                                                  Pen, paper and appropriate clothing for visits.     What are the additional modules or                   Level - INFO3 - Looking at the fast changing
                                                                                                           What are the additional modules or                   Are there any additional costs or                   units?                                               world of ICT as used by organisations. INFO
        No                                                What materials do I have to provide?             units?                                                                                                                                                        4 - Practical Database project.
                                                                                                                                                                specialist equipment required?                      N/A
        What can I do after this course?                  Pens, paper etc.                                 Life drawing or print making.                                                                                                                                 What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                                                                                No                                                  What materials do I have to provide?
        General Studies is a very useful supplement       Are there any additional costs or                What materials do I have to provide?                                                                                                                          units?
        to the usual 3 or 4 A-level programme. Some       specialist equipment required?                                                                        What can I do after this course?                    Pens, paper etc. Text books will be provided,
                                                                                                           A materials list will be provided at enrolment.                                                          but an enthusiastic student should be prepared       N/A
        university departments will accept it as one of   No                                                                                                    This course will provide underpinning
        the A-levels in a points or grades target.                                                         Are there any additional costs or                    knowledge for work in the care sector, but more     to read more and to use recommended                  What materials do I have to provide?
                                                          What can I do after this course?                 specialist equipment required?                       likely you will go on to Higher Education.          websites to explore the subject further.             USB memory stick.
        What careers would this course be useful
        for?                                              Higher Education or employment.                  A contribution towards a compulsory residential      What careers would this course be useful            Are there any additional costs or                    Are there any additional costs or
                                                          What careers would this course be useful         visit to London or other galleries to do essential   for?                                                specialist equipment required?                       specialist equipment required?
        A wide range of careers when combined with
        other A-levels.                                   for?                                             research.                                            Social Work, Nursing, Counselling, Youth Work,      No.                                                  N/A
                                                          Geographical information systems, planning,      What can I do after this course?                     Probation and Teaching.                             What can I do after this course?                     What can I do after this course?
                                                          surveying etc.                                   Art Foundation and a broad range of Art and                                                              Higher Education or employment.                      You can progress to Higher Education or
                                                                                                           Design courses.                                                                                          What careers would this course be useful             commence employment.
                                                                                                           What careers would this course be useful                                                                 for?                                                 What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                           for?                                                                                                     History is recognised as a valid qualification for   for?
                                                                                                           Useful for a career in the Art and Design                                                                many University courses and careers.                 Systems Analysis, Database Administrators,
                                                                                                           industry (Graphic Design, Multimedia and                                                                                                                      Administration, Business Information Systems
                                                                                                           Animation) and progression to a range of                                                                                                                      and Information Management.
                                                                                                           Higher Education level programmes.




30                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           31
           as/a2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               as/a2

        AS/A2 Law                                           AS/A2 Mathematics                                AS/A2 Further Maths                                 AS/A2 Media Studies                                AS/A2 Music Technology                               AS/A2 Photography
as/a2




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            as/a2
        LEVEL      3                                        LEVEL      3                                     LEVEL      3                                        LEVEL      3                                       LEVEL      3                                         LEVEL      3
        LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                 LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE              LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                 LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                  LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
        YEARS      1                                        YEARS      1                                     YEARS      1                                        YEARS      1                                       YEARS      1                                         YEARS      1

        Course Summary                                      Course Summary                                   Course Summary                                      Course Summary                                     Course Summary                                       Course Summary
        The impact of Law can be seen all around            A-level Mathematics is challenging but           A-level Mathematics is challenging but              Both the AS and A2 programme will include          This course allows you to gain and expand            The Edexcel syllabus allows the learner great
        us in our daily lives, from headline-grabbing       extremely rewarding. If you wish to get          extremely rewarding. If you want to get into        developing skills in analysing media products      your knowledge, skills and understanding in          scope for the development of a personal
        crimes and problem neighbours to the day-           into Higher Education or get a good job,         Higher Education or get a good job, it is a         such as magazines, films and television            music technology practices including using           approach to image making. This is developed
        to-day issues of buying and selling goods. A        it is a great qualification. Maths would be      great qualification. Further Maths would be         programmes. You will also have the                 music software, and in analysing musical             through coursework and a practical exam
        knowledge of the Law is therefore both helpful      advantageous for those looking at a Maths        advantageous for t hose looking at a Maths          opportunity to develop practical skills enabling   pieces to understand their musical, as well as       for both AS and A2 levels. At first you will
        and interesting.                                    degree.                                          degree.                                             you to construct media products of your own or     technological, content.                              be taught the basics of camera use, film
        How will I be assessed?                             How will I be assessed?                          How will I be assessed?                             within a group.                                    How will I be assessed?                              processing and printing. This is developed later
                                                                                                                                                                 How will I be assessed?                                                                                 into the study and application of a wide variety
        Students will sit 2 examinations per year, one in   100% written examination.                        100% written examination.                                                                              For both AS and A2, all coursework is externally     of photographic techniques and approaches,
        January and one in June.                            Entry requirements                               Entry requirements                                  AS: 2 units to be completed - 1 exam unit          assessed and is 70% of the qualification. The        including: photography as personal expression,
        Entry requirements                                                                                                                                       and 1 coursework unit. Both units are worth        listening units are examinations that are worth      assignment management, studio work,
                                                            5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English    5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English       50% of the overall AS grade. A2: 2 units to        30% of the qualification.
        For AS Law, students will need 5 GCSEs at           Language. Mathematics at grade B is also         Language. Mathematics at grade A is also                                                                                                                    the history of photography and the critical
                                                                                                                                                                 be completed - 1 exam unit and 1 coursework        Entry requirements                                   assessment of imagery.
        grade C or above, including English Language.       required; grade A for Further Maths.             required.                                           unit. Both are worth 50% of the overall A2
        To continue at A2 level, students will need to      How much time will I spend on the                How much time will I spend on the                   grade.                                             You need 5 or more GCSEs at grade C or               How will I be assessed?
        have a grade D at AS level Law.                     course?                                          course?                                                                                                above and you will preferably be able to read        Assessment is by one unit of coursework and
                                                                                                                                                                 Entry requirements                                 musical notation and perform to grade 4
        How much time will I spend on the                   5 hours per week.                                5 hours per week.                                                                                                                                           one practical exam for each level of study.
        course?                                                                                                                                                  A good combination of 5 GCSEs grade A - C          standard.                                            60% coursework, 40% exam. Evidence for
                                                            How many hours of self-study will be             How many hours of self-study will be                passes will be required. You should also have      How much time will I spend on the                    assessment will take the form of workbooks and
        5 hours per week.                                   required?                                        required?                                           good analytical and reading skills. You need a     course?                                              portfolios. All students will be supported by
        How many hours of self-study will be                2 - 4 hours per week, homework, research and     2 - 4 hours per week homework, research and         grade C in English.                                                                                     regular individual tutorials.
        required?                                                                                                                                                                                                   6 hours per week.
                                                            private study.                                   private study.                                      How much time will I spend on the                                                                       Entry requirements
        2 - 4 hours per week. It will also help develop                                                                                                          course?                                            How many hours of self-study will be
                                                            How is the course delivered?                     How is the course delivered?                                                                           required?                                            5 GCSEs grade A-C including English and an
        your study of Law if you watch the news or read                                                                                                          5 hours per week.
        a quality newspaper regularly.                      Classroom-based learning, practical work and     Classroom-based learning, practical work and                                                           2 - 4 hours per week.                                Art-related subject.
                                                            trips.                                           trips.                                              How many hours of self-study will be                                                                    How much time will I spend on the
        How is the course delivered?                                                                                                                             required?                                          How is the course delivered?
                                                            Who is this course suitable for?                 Who is this course suitable for?                                                                                                                            course?
        A mix of classroom-based learning, lectures,                                                                                                             2 - 4 hours per week, homework and private         A mixture of lectures, demonstrations and
        independent research, guest speakers and trips      Anyone wanting to follow a career path in the    Anyone wanting to follow a career path in the                                                          practical tasks. There is also the opportunity       34 weeks at AS level and 32 weeks at A2 level.
                                                            sciences, engineering or applied technologies,   sciences, maths or the applied technologies.        study.
        e.g. to the Houses of Parliament, local courts,                                                                                                                                                             for educational visits to industry exhibitions.      How many hours of self-study will be
        the Council House and the Silk Mill.                accountancy, business and finance or             What are the mandatory modules or                   How is the course delivered?                       Learners will be creating musical products           required?
                                                            psychology.                                      units?                                              There will be a mixture of classroom-based         through a studio and workstation environment.
        Who is this course suitable for?                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 2 - 4 hours per week.
                                                            What are the mandatory modules or                AS Further: Pure 1 and Decision 1. A2 Further:      learning, visits to the cinema, use of ILT and     Who is this course suitable for?
        Students who wish to pursue a legal career          units?                                                                                               group work.                                                                                             How is the course delivered?
        would find this introduction to Law and the                                                          Pure 3, Pure 4 and either Statistics or Mechanics                                                      Students wishing to learn more about the
                                                            Pure Core 1 - 4. Statistics 1. Mechanics 1.      2.                                                  Who is this course suitable for?                                                                        Directed teaching and personal study.
        English legal system very beneficial, as would                                                                                                                                                              technical aspects of music and recording, and/
        those seeking a business/media-based                What are the additional modules or               What are the additional modules or                  Students wishing to learn more about the media     or students wishing to apply for higher level        Who is this course suitable for?
        career. It is also suitable for anyone wishing to   units?                                           units?                                              or wishing to pursue a career in the media.        music technology based courses.                      AS and A2 level Photography is run as part of
        undertake a wide range of Higher Education          N/A                                              N/A                                                 What are the mandatory modules or                  What are the mandatory modules or                    a full-time programme of study. The course
        courses.                                                                                                                                                 units?                                             units?                                               provides a very thorough and rewarding
                                                            What materials do I have to provide?             What materials do I have to provide?                                                                                                                        study of photography. Included are extensive
        What are the mandatory modules or                                                                                                                        AS: There are 2 units: Exam unit - MEST1           For AS there are 2 units of study: Music
        units?                                              Pens, paper etc. Scientific calculator.          Pens, paper etc. Scientific calculator.                                                                                                                     practical and theoretical/historical elements.
                                                                                                                                                                 ‘Investigating Media’, where you will analyse      Technology and Listening and Analysing. For          The aims of this course are to furnish the
        At AS students will cover: Law Making and the       Are there any additional costs or                Are there any additional costs or                   a piece of media in the exam, as well              A2 there are 2 units of study: Music Technology
                                                            specialist equipment required?                   specialist equipment required?                                                                                                                              learner with specialist skills in Photography,
        Legal System. The Concept of Liability. At A2                                                                                                            as answering questions generally on the            and Analysing and Producing.                         development of a creative approach to image
        students will cover: Criminal Law (fatal and        No                                               No                                                  media. Coursework unit - you will produce 2        What are the additional modules or                   making and an awareness of the issues of
        non-fatal offences against the person). Tort and    What can I do after this course?                 What can I do after this course?                    interlinked media products. A2: The structure      units?                                               photographic visual culture. The course is ideal
        Concepts of Law.                                                                                                                                         is similar and you are studying more about                                                              for those learners wishing to progress onto
                                                            Higher Education or employment.                  Higher Education or employment.                     media debates and issues. Coursework gives         N/A
        What are the additional modules or                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Higher Education courses in Photography or to
        units?                                              What careers would this course be useful         What careers would this course be useful            you opportunities to enhance your practical and    What materials do I have to provide?                 supplement other AS and A2 levels in the Arts
                                                            for?                                             for?                                                research skills.                                   Paper and pens/pencils.                              and Humanities.
        N/A
                                                            Engineering/Science/Applied Technologies.        Sciences/Applied Technologies.                      What are the additional modules or                 Are there any additional costs or                    What are the mandatory modules or
        What materials do I have to provide?                Accountancy/Business and Finance/Psychology.                                                         units?                                             specialist equipment required?                       units?
        You will be expected to keep a folder with                                                                                                               N/A
        handouts/notes etc and bring this with you                                                                                                                                                                  A pair of headphones and a USB memory stick.         At each level: 1 coursework unit (60% of the
        along with pens, paper etc.                                                                                                                              What materials do I have to provide?               What can I do after this course?                     total marks) and 1 externally set exam unit
                                                                                                                                                                 You will be advised on a current textbook                                                               (40% of the total marks).
        Are there any additional costs or                                                                                                                                                                           After this course you can progress to a degree
        specialist equipment required?                                                                                                                           to purchase. Students will be provided with        course at university or music college and gain       What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                                                                                 appropriate learning resources to achieve a        the qualifications to specialise within a specific   units?
        No.                                                                                                                                                      high grade in this subject.                        area of music.                                       N/A
        What can I do after this course?                                                                                                                         Are there any additional costs or                  What careers would this course be useful             What materials do I have to provide?
        Higher Education or employment.                                                                                                                          specialist equipment required?                     for?                                                 Equipment lists are issued at induction.
        What careers would this course be useful                                                                                                                 None                                               Recording Engineer, Composer, Musician,
        for?                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                                                                                 What can I do after this course?                   Teacher.                                             specialist equipment required?
        The legal profession or a wide range of                                                                                                                  Progression to Higher Education. With the right
        business, political or media careers.                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Students may be required to buy photographic
                                                                                                                                                                 grades and combination of A-levels, you can                                                             paper.
                                                                                                                                                                 go on to a degree studying a range of media
                                                                                                                                                                 courses such as Journalism and Film and                                                                 What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                                                                                 Television.                                                                                             Progression from AS to A2. The intention of this
                                                                                                                                                                 What careers would this course be useful                                                                course is to prepare the learner for study at a
                                                                                                                                                                 for?                                                                                                    Higher Education level, whether in Photography
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         or related subjects. Derby College runs a very
                                                                                                                                                                 Media-related careers such as Journalism.                                                               successful Foundation course in Art and Design
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         which is a prerequisite for most Art and Design-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         related degree courses.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         for?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Junior position in the photographic industry.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Art and Design-related Higher Education
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         programmes.




32                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          33
           as/a2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   as/a2

        AS/A2 Sport & Physical                                        AS/A2 Physics                             AS/A2 Psychology                                     AS/A2 Science in Society                            AS/A2 Sociology                                     AS/A2 Textiles
        Education
as/a2




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  as/a2
                                                                      LEVEL      3                              LEVEL      3                                         LEVEL      3                                        LEVEL      3                                        LEVEL      3
                                                                      LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE       LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                  LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                 LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                 LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
        LEVEL      3                                                  YEARS      1                              YEARS      1                                         YEARS      1                                        YEARS      1                                        YEARS      1
        LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE & PRINCE CHARLES AVENUE
        YEARS      1                                        Course Summary                                      Course Summary                                       Course Summary                                      Course Summary                                      Course Summary
        Course Summary                                      This course provides an exciting and innovative     Students learn about the range of ways in which      This is an exciting new AS level which will         Sociology is an exciting, thought-provoking         The course comprises coursework and
        A challenging and academic course                   introduction to the world of Advanced Level         behaviour can be measured and interpreted            broaden the curriculum of students studying         subject which is relevant to contemporary UK.       an externally set exam unit. During the
        investigating a wide spectrum of topics             Physics. We aim to provide our students with a      from a cognitive, physiological, social,             outside science, and give those studying science    It is widely accepted in the world of work and      coursework, you will explore textile techniques
        concerned with sport. Areas include anatomy,        sound knowledge of Physics in the 21st Century.     developmental and individual perspective.            the opportunity to reflect on their specialist      Higher Education. It complements many other         including colouring fabrics, constructing fabrics
        skill acquisition, the history of sport, sociology  You will quickly acquire the skills and abilities   Students then progress onto the application of       subject in a wider context.                         A-level subjects.                                   and surface decoration. There will be visits to
        of sport and the organisation of sport.             to think independently and creatively in this       Psychology by studying Forensic, Clinical and        How will I be assessed?                             How will I be assessed?                             galleries and a residential trip in the second
                                                            challenging environment.                            Health Psychology.                                                                                                                                           year.
        How will I be assessed?                                                                                                                                      60% examination and 40% coursework.                 100% exam.
                                                            How will I be assessed?                             How will I be assessed?                                                                                                                                      How will I be assessed?
        1 x two-hour exam and one piece of                                                                                                                           Entry requirements                                  Entry requirements
        coursework. 60% exam 40% coursework                 80% exam, 20% coursework.                           The AS year has 2 exams: a one-hour exam on                                                                                                                  60% coursework, 40% externally set exam.
                                                                                                                psychological investigations (30% weighting)         5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English       5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English
        (practical assessment in coaching, officiating      Entry requirements                                                                                       Language.                                           Language. A grade D at AS level Sociology is        Entry requirements
        and performing).                                                                                        and a two-hour exam on core study research
                                                            For commencement on AS Physics we require           (70% weighting). The A2 year has a two-              How much time will I spend on the                   required to progress to A2 level.                   5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English
        Entry requirements                                  a minimum of BB Science GCSE, C in both             hour exam in applied Psychology (60%) and a          course?                                             How much time will I spend on the                   Language preferably including Art or Textiles.
        Five grade Cs at GCSE are not necessary but         English Language and Maths, plus at least 1         one-and-a-half hour exam in approaches to                                                                course?                                             AS Textiles at grade D or above to progress to
                                                            more grade C. Grade D at AS is necessary for                                                             1 hour per week.                                                                                        A2 level.
        an interest in sport and fitness is essential.                                                          Psychology.                                                                                              5 hours per week.
        Participation in competitive sport is preferred, as progression to A2 Physics.                                                                               How many hours of self-study will be                                                                    How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                                Entry requirements                                   required?                                           How many hours of self-study will be
        you will need to draw on your own experiences. How much time will I spend on the                                                                                                                                                                                     course?
                                                            course?                                             5 GCSEs at grade C or above including English        2 - 4 hours per week.                               required?
        How much time will I spend on the                                                                       Language.                                                                                                                                                    5 hours per week.
        course?                                             5 hours per week tuition, divided between                                                                How is the course delivered?                        2 - 4 hours per week, homework, research and
                                                                                                                How much time will I spend on the                                                                        private study.                                      How many hours of self-study will be
        Three lectures a week totalling 5 hours.            lectures, tutorials, lab sessions and problem                                                            Classroom-based learning.                                                                               required?
                                                            classes.                                            course?                                                                                                  How is the course delivered?
        How many hours of self-study will be                                                                    5 hours per week.                                    Who is this course suitable for?                                                                        Up to 5 hours per week, homework and private
        required?                                           How many hours of self-study will be                                                                                                                         Classroom-based learning, practical work and        study.
                                                            required?                                           How many hours of self-study will be                 Suitable for anyone who would like a deeper         trips.
        At least 4.5 hours per week.                                                                            required?                                            understanding of science. It works very well for                                                        How is the course delivered?
                                                            5 hours per week private study are required on                                                           science-based and arts-based students.              Who is this course suitable for?
        How is the course delivered?                        average.                                            2 - 4 hours per week, homework and research.                                                                                                                 The course is delivered through demonstration
                                                                                                                                                                     What are the mandatory modules or                   Sociology is the study of society and how it        of techniques, workshops, projects, visits to
        The course is mainly delivered in the theory        How is the course delivered?                        How is the course delivered?                                                                             shapes people’s ideas and behaviour and how,
        lectures with linked practicals and investigative                                                                                                            units?                                                                                                  appropriate galleries and museums.
                                                            All classes are delivered in purpose-built,         Classroom-based learning, practical work such                                                            in turn, people interact together and shape their
        tasks. Lecturers use a variety of dynamic and                                                                                                                AS - Exploring Science: Germ theory of disease,     societies. This course is suitable for students     Who is this course suitable for?
        innovative teaching techniques to create a          air-conditioned laboratories. A typical week        as experiments, observations, correlations,          infectious diseases, transport issues, medicines,
                                                            will include lectures, demonstrations, problem      questionnaires, guest speakers, seminars and                                                             interested in the world around them, current        Students wishing to develop their skills in Art
        positive learning environment.                                                                                                                               ethical issues in medicine, reproductive choices,   affairs, politics and the media.                    Textiles, Textiles for Fashion or Art for Interior
                                                            classes, tutorials and lab sessions. Computer       trips.                                               radiation, lifestyle and health, evolution, the
        Who is this course suitable for?                    enhanced learning is extensively used, and                                                                                                                   What are the mandatory modules or                   Spaces.
                                                                                                                Who is this course suitable for?                     universe, who we are and where are we? A2 -
        Suitable for students with a passion for sport      students will be expected to participate in group                                                        Reading and Research: write a critical account      units?                                              What are the mandatory modules or
        and with the intention to go on to university.      activities.                                         The course is suitable for all individuals with an                                                                                                           units?
                                                                                                                interest in the prediction and interpretation of     of scientific reading. Write a study of a topical   2 modules at AS: Unit G671 - Exploring
        Students with an active involvement in sport,       Who is this course suitable for?                                                                         scientific issue.                                   Socialisation, Culture and Identity in the          Coursework and an externally set themed
        participating in coaching and officiating.                                                              human behaviour.
                                                            If you are interested in furthering your science                                                         What are the additional modules or                  context of sociological research. Unit G672         exam.
        What are the mandatory modules or                                                                       What are the mandatory modules or                                                                        - Topics in Socialisation, Culture and Identity -
                                                            studies and enjoy discovering how things work,      units?                                               units?                                                                                                  What are the additional modules or
        units?                                              and how to predict the future, and if you don’t                                                                                                              Candidates will study one topic from: Sociology     units?
                                                                                                                Psychological Investigations, Core Studies,          N/A                                                 of the Family; of Health; of Religion and of
        All units are mandatory.                            mind ‘getting your hands dirty’, then this course                                                                                                                                                                Print is offered as an enrichment.
                                                            is for you. AS and A2 Physics commands              Forensic Psychology; Health and Clinical             What materials do I have to provide?                Youth. 2 modules at A2: Unit G673 - Power
        What are the additional modules or                                                                      Psychology and Research Methods in                                                                       and Control. Unit G674 - Exploring Social           What materials do I have to provide?
        units?                                              universal respect amongst universities and                                                               Pens and paper.
                                                            employers.                                          Psychology.                                                                                              Inequality and Difference. Candidates will          Basic drawing equipment, scissors and
        Participation in College sports enrichment                                                                                                                   Are there any additional costs or                   study 1 topic from: Sociology of Crime and
                                                            What are the mandatory modules or                   What are the additional modules or                   specialist equipment required?                                                                          sketchbook.
        activities are highly beneficial. Coaching                                                              units?                                                                                                   Deviance; of Education; of the Mass Media;
        courses and CSLA is highly recommended,             units?                                                                                                   No.                                                 and of Power and Politics.                          Are there any additional costs or
        during half term.                                   AS: Mechanics, Electrons, Waves and Photons,        N/A                                                                                                                                                          specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                                                                                     What can I do after this course?                    What are the additional modules or
        What materials do I have to provide?                Practical Skills I. A2: The Newtonian World.        What materials do I have to provide?                                                                     units?                                              Basic materials are provided but students will
                                                            Fields, Particles and Frontiers of Physics.                                                              Higher Education or employment.                                                                         need to supply some fabrics and decorative
        Basic stationery and suitable sportswear for                                                            Pens, paper etc.                                                                                         There are no additional modules.
                                                            Practical Skills II.                                                                                     What careers would this course be useful                                                                items as appropriate to personal projects.
        practical sessions.                                                                                     Are there any additional costs or                    for?                                                What materials do I have to provide?                There will be an additional cost for a residential
                                                            What are the additional modules or                  specialist equipment required?
        Are there any additional costs or                   units?                                                                                                   A full range of careers including Sciences,         Pens, paper etc.                                    trip to London in the second year.
        specialist equipment required?                                                                          No                                                   Medicine, Journalism and Physics.                                                                       What can I do after this course?
                                                            None.                                                                                                                                                        Are there any additional costs or
        No                                                                                                      What can I do after this course?                                                                         specialist equipment required?                      Many students progress to an Art Foundation
                                                            What materials do I have to provide?
        What can I do after this course?                                                                        Many universities offering degrees in Psychology                                                         None.                                               Course and then to a degree course at
                                                            Stationery and calculator.                          are now looking for higher grades at A-level                                                                                                                 university. The course also leads to careers in
        Progress to university.                                                                                                                                                                                          What can I do after this course?
                                                            Are there any additional costs or                   but there is plenty of choice. Past students have                                                                                                            fashion, retail, marketing and design.
        What careers would this course be useful specialist equipment required?                                 obtained places on degree courses in Biological                                                          Sociology is accepted for admission to a wide
        for?                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 What careers would this course be useful
                                                            No.                                                 and Social Sciences, Criminology, Education,                                                             range of university degree courses in the           for?
        PE Teacher, Sports Scientist, Exercise                                                                  Law, or used it for vocations such as the Police,                                                        Social Sciences. It is also accepted for training
        Physiologist, Sports Psychologist, Physiotherapy. What can I do after this course?                      Nursing, Teaching, etc.                                                                                  courses in Health and Social Care, Personnel        Fashion marketing or retail, design for interiors
                                                            University or employment. Physics is essential                                                                                                               Management, Leisure and Tourism, the Police,        or fashion and freelance design.
                                                                                                                What careers would this course be useful
                                                            for engineering, physical sciences, medical         for?                                                                                                     Legal Professions and similar careers.
                                                            physics and highly desirable for computing and                                                                                                               What careers would this course be useful
                                                            architecture.                                       Students have found work in the Social
                                                                                                                Services, Probation Service, Police, Nursing,                                                            for?
                                                            What careers would this course be useful            Armed Forces, Retail Management, Hospital                                                                Sociology is useful for a wide range of careers
                                                            for?                                                Administration, Physiotherapy, Occupational                                                              such as in Health and Social Care, Personnel
                                                            Almost anything. Physics has one of the highest     Therapy, Teaching, Personnel, Banking and                                                                Management, Leisure and Tourism and the
                                                            currency values of any A-level.                     many other related occupations.                                                                          Police.




34                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                35
           as/a2                                           as/a2

        Freestanding Extended Project
        Qualification
as/a2




                                                                   as/a2
        LEVEL      3
        LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
        YEARS      1

        Course Summary
        The Freestanding Extended Project Qualification
        gives students a free choice of topic from
        an area of personal interest. This should
        complement the principal learning aim and
        support progression and development.
        How will I be assessed?
        Assessment is based upon the identification,
        design, planning and completion of an
        individual project.
        Entry requirements
        You will need to qualify for the A-level
        programme at The Joseph Wright Centre.
        How much time will I spend on the
        course?
        1 hour per week for delivery of the skills and
        techniques required for effective execution of
        the project.
        How many hours of self-study will be
        required?
        The project must contain between 1,000 and
        5,000 words depending upon the type of
        evidence required. 2 - 4 hours per week will
        need to be put aside for this.
        How is the course delivered?
        A small amount of classroom-based learning
        combined with individual research and
        reporting for the project.
        Who is this course suitable for?
        Students who have a particular interest which
        they would like to extend in order to gain a
        nationally accredited qualification.
        What are the mandatory modules or
        units?
        Learners will need to: Choose an area of
        interest. Draft a project title. Draft aims
        of the project. Plan research and carry out
        the project. Provide evidence. Deliver a
        presentation.
        What are the additional modules or
        units?
        N/A
        What materials do I have to provide?
        Writing materials.
        Are there any additional costs or
        specialist equipment required?
        No.
        What can I do after this course?
        The course enhances your A-level studies and
        gives access to UCAS points.
        What careers would this course be useful
        for?
        Anything. The skills developed will be useful in
        a variety of fields.




36                                                                 37
                                                                                                                                                                    aDminisTraTion

     ADMINISTrATIoN                                          A     Apprenticeship Business &
                                                                   Administration Level 2
                                                                                                                A     Apprenticeship Customer
                                                                                                                      Service Level 2




                                                                                                                                                                                     aDminisTraTion
     (INcLUDINg cUSToMEr SErVIcE)
                                                            Course Summary                                     Course Summary
     TakE ConTroL oF your CarEEr                            You will develop the skills and knowledge          This course will appeal to any young person
                                                            associated with Business Administration.           working within an enviroment where they are
     Derby college is the business when it comes            How will I be assessed?                            dealing with people as customers on a daily
                                                                                                               basis.
     to courses which help you make your mark in            Through competence based assessments
                                                            carried out in the workplace and attending day     How will I be assessed?
     administration.                                        release training at College.                       You will be assessed both on and off the job.
                                                            Entry requirements                                 You will be given dedicated mentors who will
     Every industry today needs top-notch, responsible                                                         guide and support you through your course.
                                                            GCSE grades A-G in English and Maths and
                                                            interview prior to enrolment.                      Entry requirements
     administrators as well as staff with strong customer
                                                            How much time will I spend on the                  For a level 2 qualification you will need GCSE
     service skills. Our qualifications will stand you in   course?                                            grades A-G in English and Maths. You will be
                                                                                                               required to attend an interview prior to your
     good stead for a dynamic career – you won’t look       Tailor-made to meet individual needs.              enrolment on this course. In addition to good
     back!                                                  How many hours of self-study will be               literacy and numeracy skills, you will need to be
                                                            required?                                          well motivated and self disciplined.
                                                            N/A                                                How much time will I spend on the
                                                            How is the course delivered?                       course?
                                                            A dedicated co-ordinator will support and          Tailor-made to suit individual needs.
                                                            guide you through the programme.                   How many hours of self-study will be
                                                            Who is this course suitable for?                   required?
                                                            Any young person working in an office              N/A
                                                            environment.                                       Who is this course suitable for?
                                                            What are the mandatory modules or                  This course will suit young people interested in
                                                            units?                                             working in and wishing to pursue a career in a
                                                            NVQ Level 2 mandatory units: Carry out             customer service environment.
                                                            your responsibilities at work; Work within         What are the mandatory modules or
                                                            your business environment. You will also be        units?
                                                            required to complete the following additional      You will need to complete 2 units as follows:
                                                            modules: Key skills - Application of number        Prepare yourself to deliver good customer
                                                            and communication; Technical Certificate in        service; Provide customer service within the
                                                            Business Administration Level 2 (which includes    rules. Candidates must also complete the
                                                            Employment Rights and Responsibilities).           following units: Level 1 Key Skills in application
                                                            What are the additional modules or                 of number and communication. Level 2
                                                            units?                                             Technical Certificate in Customer Service.
                                                            You will be required to choose 3 optional units    What are the additional modules or
                                                            which will best suit your requirements.            units?
                                                            What materials do I have to provide?               You will need to choose 5 optional units that will
                                                            You will need to provide personal stationery,      best suit your individual job role requirements.
                                                            e.g. pens, pencils etc.                            What materials do I have to provide?
                                                            Are there any additional costs or                  You will need to provide personal stationery,
                                                            specialist equipment required?                     e.g. pens, pencils etc.
                                                            N/A                                                Are there any additional costs or
                                                            What can I do after this course?                   specialist equipment required?
                                                            You can progress to another course at this level   N/A
                                                            or at a higher level depending on your job role.   What can I do after this course?
                                                            What careers would this course be useful           You may progress to another course at this level
                                                            for?                                               or at a higher level depending on your job role.
                                                            Useful for a career within an office or            What careers would this course be useful
                                                            administrative environment.                        for?
                                                                                                               The course may be of interest to those people
                                                                                                               wishing to develop a career in various customer
                                                                                                               service sector industries.




38                                                                                                                                                                                   39
                                                                                                                                                            aGriCuLTurE

     AgrIcULTUrE                                            STUDENT ProFILE                            City & Guilds National Certificate
                                                                                                       in Agriculture




                                                                                                                                                                          aGriCuLTurE
     FiELDs oF DrEams                                       “i’ve grown up in a farming                LEVEL
                                                                                                       LOCATION
                                                                                                                  2
                                                                                                                  BROOMFIELD HALL
                                                            environment and came Broomfield            YEARS      1

     Looking for pastures new? Love the outdoor life?       hall to turn my experience into            Course Summary
                                                            a qualification. I’ve been able to         If you would like to learn about topics such as
     Then it’s time to consider a career in agriculture!
                                                            work on the family farm during             tractor and machinery operation, arable, grass
                                                            my studies and plan to work                and forage crop husbandry, dairying, sheep,
     In the heart of the countryside and boasting its own                                              pigs and beef, livestock nutrition, health and
                                                            there full time when I finish.             welfare, construction and estate skills and to
     farm, Derby College Broomfield Hall is the ideal
                                                                                                       develop your ability to work safely and more
     environment for you to gain skills in all aspects of                      “The course is          effectively on a farm, then this could be just
                                                                                                       what you are looking for.
     farming.                                                                  excellent and
                                                                                                       You will be involved in a range of practical and
                                                                                you get to make
                                                                                                       theoretical learning activities during this course
     We provide a stimulating combination of practical                          good use of all        as well as doing a minimum of 6 weeks work
     as well as theoretical learning, along with exciting                       the agricultural       experience.
                                                                                 facilities such       How will I be assessed?
     opportunities for hands-on work experience.
                                                                                  as the tractors,     Continuous assessment will take place over the
                                                                                  livestock and        whole year, both practical and theoretical, with
                                                                                                       a final on-line, multiple choice examination in
                                                                                  crops. you           June.
                                                                                   also get work       Entry requirements
                                                                                   experience and      There are no specific entry requirements but
                                                                                    trips to working   you must have an ability to organise written
                                                                                   farms and cattle    work, a keen interest in farming and some
                                                                     markets to get a better           experience of tractor driving. If you do not
                                                                                                       have any or much tractor driving experience,
                                                            understanding of the industry. I would     do not worry as the College can help provide
                                                            highly recommend this course to any        this for you before you start the course.
                                                            enthusiastic new farmer.”                  How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                       course?
                                                            adam hoggard (17)                          18 hours each week over 3 days - plus practical
                                                                                                       duties on the College Farm on a rota basis.
                                                            National Certificate in Agriculture
                                                                                                       How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                                                       required?
                                                                                                       You will need to spend some time on
                                                                                                       coursework and preparing for certain
                                                                                                       assessments. On work experience weeks you
                                                                                                       will be required to work a full week.
                                                                                                       How is the course delivered?
                                                                                                       This course is delivered by lectures, practical
                                                                                                       activities such as machinery operation, livestock
                                                                                                       and estate skills, visits and work experience (6
                                                                                                       weeks work on a farm plus work experience on
                                                                                                       the College Farm).
                                                                                                       Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                       This course is for people who wish to prepare
                                                                                                       for a career in agriculture.
                                                                                                       What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                                       units?
                                                                                                       All units must be completed.
                                                                                                       What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                       units?
                                                                                                       N/A
                                                                                                       What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                       You will need to provide your own steel toe-
                                                                                                       capped boots, working clothes and writing
                                                                                                       materials - details will be provided nearer to
                                                                                                       enrolment date.
                                                                                                       Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                       specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                       N/A
                                                                                                       What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                       This course aims to develop the practical skills,
                                                                                                       knowledge and personal qualities needed to
                                                                                                       prepare you for employment on a farm or you
                                                                                                       could use the NCA to enable you to progress to
                                                                                                       an Advanced National Certificate or a National
                                                                                                       Diploma.
                                                                                                       What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                       for?
                                                                                                       This full-time course is for those people
                                                                                                       considering a career in agriculture.




40                                                                                                                                                                        41
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  animaL CarE

     ANIMAL cArE                                          STUDENT ProFILE                            Certificate in Land-based
                                                                                                     Studies: Animal Care
                                                                                                                                                          BTEC First Diploma in Animal
                                                                                                                                                          Care
                                                                                                                                                                                                               BTEC National Diploma in
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Animal Management




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    animaL CarE
                                                                                                     LEVEL      1
     aLL CrEaTurEs GrEaT anD smaLL                        “I came to Broomfield Hall to              LOCATION   BROOMFIELD HALL                 FLT
                                                                                                                                                          LEVEL
                                                                                                                                                          LOCATION
                                                                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                                                                                     BROOMFIELD HALL
                                                                                                                                                                                                               LEVEL
                                                                                                                                                                                                               LOCATION
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          3
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          BROOMFIELD HALL
                                                          study the national Diploma in              YEARS      1                                         YEARS      1                                         YEARS      2

     Animal lovers are just wild about the range of       animal management because it’s             Course Summary                                       Course Summary                                       Course Summary
                                                          a specialist course with excellent         You will be involved in handling animals,            This is an ideal course for school leavers           This is an ideal course for school leavers or
     learning opportunities on offer at Derby college.                                               preparing and maintaining animal                     wishing to work in the animal care industry.         adults wishing to work in the animal care
                                                          facilities. such as the animal unit
     Now you too can discover the benefits of a career    and dog grooming parlour.                  accommodation, health and welfare of                 It is a mix of theory and practical work and         industry. It is a mix of theory and practical work
                                                                                                     animals, developing working skills, literacy, IT     includes a period of industry experience.            and includes a period of industry experience.
     working with animals - whether your interest is in                                              and numeracy skills as well as learning about        How will I be assessed?                              How will I be assessed?
     domestic pets, farm livestock or zoo animals.        “I have met lots of like-minded people     animals in the wild and society.
                                                                                                                                                          This course is continually assessed throughout       This course is continually assessed throughout
                                                          here with similar work interests. The      How will I be assessed?                              the year. Various assessment methods include         the year. Various assessment methods include
     you can learn about everything from animal                       tutors are always willing to   You will be required to compile a portfolio of       written reports, practical assessments, on-line      written reports, practical assessments, on-line
                                                                      give help and advice and       evidence of your achievements throughout the         tests and work placement reports.                    tests and work placement reports.
     health and welfare to animal behaviour, from                                                    course and to take an on-line multiple choice
                                                                      there is a lovely laid-back                                                         Entry requirements                                   Entry requirements
     breeding to kennel management.                                                                  test towards the end of the course.
                                                                      atmosphere.                                                                         GCSE grade D in English and Science, plus 2          4 GCSEs at grade C or above including
                                                                                                     Entry requirements                                   other GCSEs at grade E.                              English, Science and Maths. Ideally, applicants
     Answer the call of the wild – and turn your                      “After my course. I plan to    You should have a strong interest in caring for      How much time will I spend on the                    should have some experience of working with
                                                                                                     animals and have basic literacy and numeracy         course?                                              animals.
     enthusiasm into an interesting and satisfying                    go to bishop burton college
                                                                                                     skills, a grade F in English and be able to                                                               How much time will I spend on the
                                                                      to do a degree in Applied      organise the written information required to         The course is made up of 6 modules.
     career.                                                                                                                                              Attendance is 3 days a week with 2 days              course?
                                                                     Training and behaviour          compile your portfolio.
                                                                                                                                                          personal study time. Work placements (for 6          Attendance is 4 days a week, with 1 day
                                                                     (Animals) with the aim of       How much time will I spend on the                    weeks of the year) are 5 days a week.                personal study time. Work placements (for 5
                                                                     becoming a dog trainer and      course?                                                                                                   weeks of each year) are 5 days a week.
                                                                                                                                                          How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                     behaviourist.”                  3 days per week.                                     required?                                            How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                                                     How many hours of self-study will be                 Allow one day a week for completion of course        required?
                                                                    Matthew Kowal (18)               required?                                            work.                                                As this is a Level 3 course, be prepared to
                                                          National Diploma in Animal Management      You will be required to spend some of your own                                                            spend at least one full day a week on self study
                                                                                                                                                          How is the course delivered?
                                                                                                     time on coursework.                                                                                       and coursework.
                                                                                                                                                          Lectures, practicals, demonstrations and visits.
                                                                                                     How is the course delivered?                                                                              How is the course delivered?
                                                                                                                                                          Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                     Lectures, practicals, demonstrations and visits.                                                          A mixture of theory lessons and practical
                                                                                                                                                          School leavers and adults returning to learning      sessions. As this is a Level 3 course, be
                                                                                                     Who is this course suitable for?                     who want to know more about the animal               prepared for a significant amount of lectures to
                                                                                                     People who wish to prepare for a career              care industry and adults wishing for a career        cover the theoretical knowledge required at this
                                                                                                     working with animals.                                change.                                              level. Students are also required to complete
                                                                                                     What are the mandatory modules or                    What are the mandatory modules or                    10 weeks of work placement over selected
                                                                                                     units?                                               units?                                               dates.
                                                                                                     All.                                                 Work Experience, Industry and Organisations,         Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                     What are the additional modules or                   Animal Accommodation, Handling and                   School leavers who have achieved good GCSE
                                                                                                     units?                                               Care, Animal Health, Introduction to Biology,        results and want to progress in the field of
                                                                                                                                                          Conservation, Functional Skills.                     animal care. Adults wishing for a career change
                                                                                                     Learners will also study Key Skills alongside this
                                                                                                     course.                                              What are the additional modules or                   or those with a significant amount of experience
                                                                                                                                                          units?                                               in the animal care industry but who have yet to
                                                                                                     What materials do I have to provide?                                                                      achieve a formal animal care qualification.
                                                                                                                                                          Learners will also study Key Skills alongside this
                                                                                                     Writing materials, working clothes and steel         course.                                              What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                                     toe-capped boots for practicals - this will be                                                            units?
                                                                                                     discussed at interview.                              What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                                                                          You will need protective clothing - a lab coat       18 units are studied, 9 each year. Units
                                                                                                     Are there any additional costs or                                                                         are: Animal Health, Animal Biology, Animal
                                                                                                     specialist equipment required?                       and steel toe-capped footwear - when working
                                                                                                                                                          with animals. You will need writing materials        Anatomy and Physiology, Practical Animal
                                                                                                     N/A                                                  and a folder. A memory stick for use with PCs        Handling and Husbandry, Investigate Project,
                                                                                                     What can I do after this course?                     is strongly recommended.                             Work Experience, Animal Nutrition, Animal
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Nursing, Welfare and Breed Development,
                                                                                                     If you do well on this course, it may be possible    Are there any additional costs or                    Animal Behaviour, Animal Breeding and
                                                                                                     to progress to a First Diploma or Certificate        specialist equipment required?                       Genetics, Pet Store Management, Exotic
                                                                                                     course or to find employment.                        N/A                                                  Animal Management, Aquatics, Farm
                                                                                                     What careers would this course be useful             What can I do after this course?                     Livestock Management, Kennel and Cattery
                                                                                                     for?                                                                                                      Management, Animal Collection Management,
                                                                                                                                                          National Diploma in Animal Management.               Business Management, Functional Skills.
                                                                                                     A career working with animals.
                                                                                                                                                          What careers would this course be useful             What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                                                                          for?                                                 units?
                                                                                                                                                          Auxiliary nurse/vet nursing assistant, kennel        Learners will also study Key Skills alongside this
                                                                                                                                                          and cattery worker, animal rescue centre             course.
                                                                                                                                                          worker, pet store worker, zoo keeper.
                                                                                                                                                                                                               What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                                                                                                                               You will need protective clothing - a lab coat
                                                                                                                                                                                                               and steel toe-capped footwear - when working
                                                                                                                                                                                                               with animals. A memory stick for use with the
                                                                                                                                                                                                               PCs is strongly recommended.
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                                                                                                                               specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                                                                                                                               The course visits several animal collections over
                                                                                                                                                                                                               the year, so allow around £30 for entrance fees
                                                                                                                                                                                                               to various establishments.
                                                                                                                                                                                                               What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                                                                                                                               It may be possible to progress to a Foundation
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Degree/Degree in a related area of study.
                                                                                                                                                                                                               What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                                                                               for?
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Veterinary nursing, zoo keeper, rescue centre
                                                                                                                                                                                                               worker, pet store worker, animal technician,
                                                                                                                                                                                                               kennel and cattery supervisor, dog groomer.

42                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  43
                                                                                                                                                                                                            aPPrEnTiCEshiPs

     APPrENTIcESHIPS                                          APPrENTIcE                                Derby College offers learners the
                                                                                                        opportunity to work towards an
                                                                                                                                                      Apprenticeship (A) Level 2
                                                                                                                                                   An Apprenticeship programme is the first
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Advanced Apprenticeship (AA)
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Level 3




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            aPPrEnTiCEshiPs
     Earn WhiLE you LEarn
                                                              SUccESS                                   Apprenticeship (A) or an Advanced          step on the career ladder of your chosen
                                                                                                                                                   occupation. The programme will build on your
                                                                                                                                                                                                      An Advanced Apprenticeship programme is
                                                                                                        Apprenticeship (AA).                                                                          perfect if you are aiming for a career as a
                                                                                                                                                   existing abilities and the training will develop   manager or supervisor.
                                                              Two Derby College construction
     Take that vital step up the career ladder - by joining                                             Whilst in employment you will be working the skills and knowledge you need to do your         Who are they for?
                                                              students have bucked the                                                             chosen job well.
     one of our high-quality Apprenticeship programmes.                                                 towards a recognised framework of          Who are they for?                                  16 to 24-year-olds.*
                                                              recession and clinched coveted
                                                              apprenticeships with local
                                                                                                        qualifications made up of Key Skills, a    16 to 24-year-olds.*                               What do they lead to?
     With the range of options constantly expanding, it’s     employers.                                Technical Certificate and an NVQ 2 or      What do they lead to?                              NVQ Level 3, plus Key Skills and a Technical
     easier than ever to find something to match your                                                   3 in a related subject. You will study for                                                    Certificate. This is a vocational alternative to A-
                                                                                                                                                   NVQ Level 2, plus Key Skills and a Technical       levels, making it a highly valued qualification.
     chosen occupation and interests.                         Electrical installation student Matthew   the qualifications both on day release at  Certificate that shows you have vital, industry-
                                                                                                                                                   recognised skills.                                 What’s involved?
                                                              rayner (17) and brickwork student         College and with your employer.
                                                                                                                                                   What’s involved?                                   As with all Apprenticeships, we will help
     The rewards are enormous: you’ll not only gain a         Matthew betteridge (16) have              We are constantly developing new                                                              you find a suitable job and set up a training
                                                                                                                                                   We will help you find a suitable job and will
     respected qualification and valuable work experience,    both secured apprenticeships after                                                                                                      programme with your employer.
                                                                                                        programmes, so it’s always worth asking    work out a training programme with you and
                                                              completing their first year at Derby                                                 your employers. You will be given lots of          How long will they take?
     you’ll even receive a salary while you’re studying!                                                for an up-to-date list.
                                                              college and will now be returning                                                    support and regular feedback.                      It can vary from 12 to 48 months, depending
                                                              there in day release.                     As the government is committed to          How long will they take?                           on the occupational area.

      A                                                       Matthew rayner has started work
                                                                                                        investing in our future workforce
                                                                                                        and recognises the importance of
                                                                                                                                                   It can vary from 13 to 25 months, depending
                                                                                                                                                   on the occupational area.
                                                                                                                                                                                                      What are the entry requirements?
                                                                                                                                                                                                      You will need to have GCSE grades A to C or
                                                                                                                                                   What are the entry requirements?                   have completed an Apprenticeship programme,
                                                              at world-famous fine knitwear             Apprenticeships, this programme is                                                            as well as being genuinely interested in the
                                                                          manufacturers John                                                                                               A to G,
                                                                                                        completely free for people aged 16 to 18, You will need to have GCSE gradesa minimum
                                                                                                                                                   except in Plumbing, which requires
                                                                                                                                                                                                      work involved. We will also be looking for
                                                                           Smedley in Lea                                                                                                             people with the ability to take on long-term
                                                                                                        restrictions may apply to people aged 19   of four GCSE grades at C or above, and             supervisory or management responsibilities.
                                                                           bridge on an electrical
                                                                                                        to 25. Public Services Apprenticeships are Engineering, which requires a minimum of 4         What future opportunities do they
                                                                           apprenticeship.                                                         GCSE grades at E or above. Some vocational
                                                                                                        available to the over 25s.                 academies carry out Skill-Based Assessments.       open up?
                                                                                                        Apprenticeships are designed to give       All potential Apprentices must be genuinely        Advanced Apprenticeship courses can lead
                                                                           He explained: “While                                                    interested in the work involved and committed      to lots of career development opportunities
                                                                           I was at college I was       young people valuable qualifications, work to training.                                       and higher level qualifications. There are
                                                                           busy looking for an          experience and a salary while you are      What future opportunities do they                  progression routes to degree level at university.
                                                                           apprenticeship but           studying.                                  open up?                                           • Most frameworks will require completion of
                                                                          couldn’t find anything                                                   Lots! It is a great introduction to the world of       Level 2 qualifications prior to progression to
                                                                                                                                                   work and there is the chance to move on to an          Level 3.
                                                                          and was beginning to
                                                                                                                                                   Advanced Apprenticeship or alternative Level 3
                                                                          think that I would never      Look out for the wide range of             training programme.                                * Please note that the age range may
                                                                          get a job.                    Apprenticeships we offer at Derby                                                               vary for each Apprenticeship area.
                                                                                                        College. They are marked with                 * Please note that the age range may
                                                                                                                                                         vary for each Apprenticeship area.
                                                              “Then the college staff saw a job         an A throughout this brochure.
                                                              advertised at John Smedley and
                                                              three of us were put forward to the       Apprenticeships are
                                                              company. After several interviews I       available in...
                                                              was offered a job. It’s great to get
                                                              the hands on experience but I’m really    Administration
                                                              glad that I got the year at college       Construction (including):
                                                              under my belt. Not only has the           	 •	 Electrical Installation
                                                              college opened doors for me but it has      •	 Painting and Decorating
                                                                                                          •	 Plastering
                                                              also given me a grounding to make it
                                                                                                          •	 Plumbing
                                                              easier to move into the workplace.”         •	 Technician
                                                                                                          •	 Trowel Occupations
                                                              Fellow student Matthew betteridge has       •	 Wood Occupations
                                                              clinched a job with Ashbourne-based       Children’s Care, Learning & Development
                                                              James barker building contractors –       Customer Service
                                                              run by James barker who is himself a      Engineering
                                                              former student at the college.            Hairdressing and Barbering
                                                                                                        Health & Social Care
                                                              Matthew continued: “It was really         Hospitality and Catering
                                                              nerve-wracking starting work but I’m      Motor Vehicle
                                                              getting used to it and really enjoy the   Oral Health
                                                              challenge.”                               Retail
                                                                                                        Supporting Teaching and Learning in
                                                                                                        Schools (Teaching Assistants)


                                                                                                        Programme-led Apprenticeships
                                                                                                        These are full-time programmes preparing
                                                                                                        you for apprenticeships and beyond. The
                                                                                                        content for these Level 2 courses is based
                                                                                                        on the Apprenticeship framework and
                                                                                                        includes a Technical Certificate and a
                                                                                                        number of other requirements. In addition,
                                                                                                        a period of work experience is required.


44                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          45
                                                                                                                                                                                                  arT, DEsiGn & muLTimEDia

     ArT, DESIgN &                                             TALENT oN SHoW                           BTEC Introductory Diploma in
                                                                                                        Art, Design & Media
                                                                                                                                                            BTEC First Diploma in Art &
                                                                                                                                                            Design
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 BTEC National Diploma in Art &
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Design




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     arT, DEsiGn & muLTimEDia
     MULTIMEDIA                                                Talented art & Design students
                                                               at Derby College held their
                                                                                                        LEVEL
                                                                                                        LOCATION
                                                                                                        YEARS
                                                                                                                   1
                                                                                                                   THE ROUNDHOUSE
                                                                                                                   1
                                                                                                                                                   FLT
                                                                                                                                                            LEVEL
                                                                                                                                                            LOCATION
                                                                                                                                                            YEARS
                                                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                                                                                                       THE ROUNDHOUSE
                                                                                                                                                                       1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 LEVEL
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 LOCATION
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 YEARS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            3
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            THE ROUNDHOUSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            2

                                                               final end of year show at Prince         Course Summary                                      Course Summary                                       Course Summary
     ExPrEss yoursELF                                          Charles avenue, mackworth, in            This programme is designed to prepare an            The BTEC First Diploma in Art & Design is            This two-year course will enable you to fully
                                                               the summer before packing up to          individual for future study in Art, Design and      developed to introduce you to a range of             develop your art and design skills and creative
                                                                                                        Media through a broad-based curriculum              challenging activities and experiences. Through      abilities. This diagnostic Level 3 course
     It’s time to unleash your imagination and let             move to their new inspirational
                                                                                                        within a supportive environment.                    exciting assignments and learner visits to           provides you with progression routes to Higher
     your originality shine through. our courses offer         work space at the roundhouse.                                                                museums and art galleries, you have the              Education, employment or further training in
                                                                                                        How will I be assessed?
                                                                                                                                                            opportunity to develop your skills in the exciting   a variety of exciting disciplines and potential
     everything to inspire the creative professionals of the                                            You will be assessed through a series of group      area of art and design practice.                     careers.
                                                               The students, who had been working       assessments and personal assessments with
     future.                                                   towards vocational Art & Design          your tutor.                                         How will I be assessed?                              How will I be assessed?
                                                               qualifications at PCA’s Design           Entry requirements                                  All units are assessed and graded and an             Assessment is a continuous and structured
     you might be mad about multimedia or fascinated by        centre, exhibited their work using
                                                                                                                                                            overall grade for the qualification is awarded.      process throughout the entire programme,
                                                                                                        You need to be aged 14-19 and have limited          Additional units of study will be available.         leading to end of first and final-year shows.
     fashion. you might want to focus on photography or        a wide range of materials including      achievement at GCSE grade D-G.
                                                                                                                                                            Entry requirements                                   Entry requirements
     have designs on a fulfilling career in the arts world.    printmaking, 3D design, ceramics,        How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                        course?                                             One of the following: BTEC Foundation                Entrants to the National Diploma programme
                                                               textiles, photography and IT.                                                                Certificate in a related subject. You should         will normally require 4 GCSE passes at grade
     Whatever your skills and interests, we can offer you                                               Full-time 36 weeks.                                 have a standard of literacy and numeracy             A* to C including English. Entry may be
                                                                           The event included a         How many hours of self-study will be                supported by a general education equivalent          possible via successful completion of a BTEC
     the chance to explore and innovate, learn                                                          required?                                           to 4 GCSEs at grade D and E; related work            First in Art and Design to the required standard,
                                                                           Fashion Show of 172                                                              experience, BTEC Introductory Diploma in a           or an equivalent Level 2 course. Previous
     latest techniques and make the most of your                                                        By negotiation.
                                                                            outfits designed by 31                                                          related subject or other related Level 1 or 2        experience in Art and Design can be taken into
     creativity.                                                                                        How is the course delivered?                        qualifications.                                      consideration regarding mature students. All
                                                                            of the students who
                                                                                                        Directed teaching and personal study.               How much time will I spend on the                    applicants will be asked to show a portfolio of
                                                                             have used various                                                                                                                   Art and Design work at the interview.
                                                                                                        Who is this course suitable for?                    course?
                                                                             assignments for                                                                                                                     How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                        This course is suitable for people with a strong    Full-time 36 weeks.
                                                                              inspiration including                                                                                                              course?
                                                                                                        interest in Art and Design but who have not yet     How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                               Scottish culture, food   achieved the required qualifications for entry                                                           Full-time 36 weeks.
                                                                                                                                                            required?
                                                                               and drink and toys.      to BTEC First (Level 2). The aim of the course is                                                        How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                                                        to give learners an opportunity to experience       By negotiation.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 required?
                                                                                                        a wide range of Art and Design subjects while       How is the course delivered?
                                                                               Among the students       achieving a qualification.                                                                               By negotiation.
                                                                                                                                                            By the specialist programme team.
                                                                                exhibiting their work   What are the mandatory modules or                                                                        How is the course delivered?
                                                                                                                                                            Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                              was Jade creighton        units?                                                                                                   Directed teaching and personal study.
                                                                                                                                                            School leavers in the 16-19 age range.
                                                               from burton who has also been            BTEC Compulsory Core Units plus literacy,                                                                Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                        numeracy, IT, Wider Key Skills and Preparation      What are the mandatory modules or
                                                               awarded a £300 bursary by the Derby                                                          units?                                               16+ age range. See entry requirements.
                                                                                                        for Employment.
                                                               Decorative and Fine Arts Society                                                                                                                  What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                                        What are the additional modules or                  Unit 1: 2D and 3D Communication. Unit 2:
                                                               towards her degree at Nottingham                                                             Contextual Preferences in Art and Design Unit.       units?
                                                                                                        units?
                                                               Trent University to study a bA in                                                            3: Explore and Develop Art and Design Ideas.         Starting on a broad basis in Year One
                                                                                                        Specialist additionalities relevant to the          Unit 4: Produce an Art and Design Outcome.           progressing at Easter of the first year into a
                                                               Decorative Arts.                         programme of study.
                                                                                                                                                            What are the additional modules or                   specialist pathway. The course comprises
                                                                                                        What materials do I have to provide?                units?                                               18 units: 5 core units, 3 externally assessed
                                                                                                        A full equipment list is provided during                                                                 units and a selection of 10 specialist units.
                                                                                                                                                            Unit 5: Working with Graphic Design Briefs.          Core units consist of Drawing Development,
                                                                                                        induction.                                          Unit 11: Working with a Visual Arts Brief.           Historical and Contextual Understanding,
                                                                                                        Are there any additional costs or                   What materials do I have to provide?                 Materials, Techniques and Processes, Ideas
                                                                                                        specialist equipment required?                                                                           and Concepts and Visual Communications,
                                                                                                                                                            A full equipment list is provided during
                                                                                                        Students supply their own drawing and painting      induction.                                           in addition to units to be externally assessed
                                                                                                        equipment as per the equipment list.                                                                     including Photography units.
                                                                                                                                                            Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                        What can I do after this course?                    specialist equipment required?                       What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                        The purpose of this course is to enable the                                                              units?
                                                                                                                                                            Students supply their own drawing and painting
                                                                                                        learner to progress via a portfolio interview to    equipment as per the equipment list.                 Specialist Units (One specialist pathway to be
                                                                                                        the next level of study, the BTEC First Diploma                                                          chosen): Graphic Design/Multimedia Pathway,
                                                                                                        in Art and Design, and upon successful              What can I do after this course?                     Fashion Design/Textile Design Pathway or
                                                                                                        completion of this programme to the required        Progression to Level 3 via portfolio interview on    Fine Art/Design Crafts Pathway. As the course
                                                                                                        standard.                                           successfully completing programme to required        progresses, students will choose to specialise in
                                                                                                        What careers would this course be useful            standards.                                           one of the above areas.
                                                                                                        for?                                                What careers would this course be useful             What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                        Junior position in art-based industries.            for?                                                 A full equipment list is provided during
                                                                                                                                                            Junior position in art-based industries.             induction.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Students supply their own drawing and painting
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 equipment as per the equipment list.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Most students progress to BA Honours Degrees,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Higher National Diplomas or Foundation
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Degrees. Students may also decide to take
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 a further diagnostic course such as the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Foundation Diploma in Art and Design
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 for?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Entry to Art and Design in the creative
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 industries.




46                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   47
                              arT, DEsiGn & muLTimEDia                         arT, DEsiGn & muLTimEDia

                           ABC Foundation Studies in Art &
                           Design




                                                                                                          arT, DEsiGn & muLTimEDia
arT, DEsiGn & muLTimEDia




                           LEVEL      3-4
                           LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE
                           YEARS      1

                           Course Summary
                           The course is designed to help you make
                           informed decisions about which specialist
                           Higher Education Art and Design programme
                           is appropriate for you by expanding your skills,
                           knowledge and experience, developing your
                           critical language and providing you with a full
                           understanding of career opportunities in Art
                           and Design.
                           How will I be assessed?
                           Assessment occurs regularly throughout the
                           course, and is often conducted in groups
                           against clear, set criteria. You must pass all
                           8 units to complete the exhibition, which is
                           externally verified.
                           Entry requirements
                           Candidates must be over 18 years of age, and
                           have a minimum of 2 A-levels one at grade
                           C or above or BTEC National Diploma in Art
                           and Design, and 5 GCSEs including English
                           Language and an Art and Design subject. The
                           course is also open to mature applicants who
                           provide evidence of their ability. All applicants
                           are interviewed with a portfolio of current work.
                           How much time will I spend on the
                           course?
                           The course is very intensive, and you will be
                           expected to attend full-time for 4.5 days. You
                           will also be expected to continue working at
                           home on private study. Over the year, you will
                           cover 8 modules.
                           How many hours of self-study will be
                           required?
                           6 hours minimum.
                           How is the course delivered?
                           The course is delivered by practical workshops,
                           demonstrations, studio practice, theoretical
                           lectures, visits and self directed study.
                           Who is this course suitable for?
                           Post-GCSE A-level, BTEC National students and
                           mature adults possessing appropriate evidence
                           of ability and achievement to identify and
                           develop their personal talents.
                           What are the mandatory modules or
                           units?
                           Unit 1,2,3 - Exploratory Stage: Unit 4,5,6,7 -
                           Pathway Stage: Unit 8 - Confirmatory Stage
                           What are the additional modules or
                           units?
                           N/A
                           What materials do I have to provide?
                           A full equipment list is provided during
                           induction, but you will need basic Art
                           equipment such as pencils, scissors, Stanley
                           knife, brushes, glue sticks etc.
                           Are there any additional costs or
                           specialist equipment required?
                           N/A
                           What can I do after this course?
                           N/A
                           What careers would this course be useful
                           for?
                           After Art Foundation and Higher Education,
                           you may work in Advertising Media Production,
                           Animation Multimedia, Applied Arts Package
                           Design, Architecture, Painting, Science,
                           Imaging, Contemporary Arts, Print Making,
                           Contour Underwear, Decorative Arts and
                           Jewellery, Design Craft, Surface Patterns,
                           Design Management, Sustainable Design
                           and Exhibition Design Practice, Fashion
                           Textiles, Floor Covering, Textile Design,
                           Furniture Design, Theatre Design, Graphic
                           Communication, Installation Art, Graphic
                           Design, Interior Design or Time-based Media.


   48                                                                                                     49
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            BEauTy ThEraPy

     bEAUTy THErAPy                                      STUDENT ProFILE                           NVQ 2 in Nail Services                                 NVQ 2 Beauty Therapy                                   NVQ 3 Advanced Beauty
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Therapy




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    BEauTy ThEraPy
                                                                                                   LEVEL      2                                           LEVEL      2
                                                                                                   LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE                              LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 LEVEL      3
     CarEEr ProsPECTs LookinG GooD                       “my sister came to Derby College          YEARS      1                                           YEARS      1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE

                                                         to do hairdressing so i had heard         Course Summary                                         Course Summary                                         YEARS      1


     Enter the glamorous world of beauty therapy - and   quite a lot about the place before        This is an internationally recognised                  This is an internationally recognised                  Course Summary
                                                         i decided to enroll to study Beauty       professional qualification. The awarding body          professional qualification. The awarding body          The SENSI Beauty Therapy Advanced
     have the pleasure of helping people look and feel                                             is VTCT (Vocational Training Charitable Trusts).       is VTCT (Vocational Training Charitable Trusts).       programme is aimed at the student who has
                                                         Therapy. once you’ve bought your
     great every day.                                    kit, everything else is provided
                                                                                                   The qualification you will be working towards          The qualification you will be working towards          achieved Level 2 Beauty Therapy and has an
                                                                                                   will be Level 2 Nail Services.                         will be NVQ 2 Beauty Therapy.                          excellent attendance and punctuality record.
                                                         and the facilities are amazing.
     centred on the outstanding facilities of our                                                  How will I be assessed?                                How will I be assessed?                                How will I be assessed?
                                                                                                   You will be assessed by a range of methods             You will be assessed by a range of methods             You will be assessed by a range of methods
     SENSI Salon, these courses will help you develop    “The course is great fun and you learn    including practical observation, oral                  including practical observation, oral                  including practical observation, oral
     your talents in everything from nail artistry to                 about everything from        questioning, written review tests and final exam       questioning, written review tests and final exam       questioning, personal presentation, written
                                                                      eyebrow shaping to           papers, assignments and preparing a portfolio          papers, assignments and preparing a portfolio          tests, assignments and preparing a portfolio of
     aromatherapy, head massage to make-up.                                                        of evidence. Personal presentation is assessed         of evidence. Personal presentation is assessed         evidence. Assessment is on-going throughout
                                                                       waxing. you get chance      constantly.                                            constantly.                                            the year, based upon work with paying clients.
     The beauty industry is growing, and there are                     to practice what you        Entry requirements                                     Entry requirements                                     Entry requirements
     now endless opportunities for well-trained,                       have learnt on paying       It is essential that students have excellent written   It is essential that students have excellent written   Students are expected to have completed NVQ
                                                                        clients which helps        and communication skills, with a profile of 4          and communication skills, with a profile of            Level 2 Beauty Therapy and you should have a
     professional beauty therapists. So, whether you                    build your confidence      GCSEs at grade D to include English Language.          GCSEs at grade C to include English Language.          good report from your first year (NVQ 2), GCSE
     pursue a career in a beauty salon, health spa                       and is great experience   How much time will I spend on the                      How much time will I spend on the                      English Language grade C, and you should
                                                                                                   course?                                                course?                                                have completed and achieved Key Skills.
     or even on a cruise liner, you’ll perfect all the                   for the future.
                                                                                                   Approximately 17 hours per week.                       Approximately 17 hours per week.                       How much time will I spend on the
     skills you need to succeed - that’s the beauty of                    “I hope to do my                                                                                                                       course?
                                                                                                   How many hours of self-study will be                   How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                          Level 3 next year and    required?                                              required?                                              Approximately 17 hours per week.
     studying at Derby college!
                                                                          I am mostly looking      Approximately 4 - 6 hours per week.                    Approximately 4 - 6 hours per week.                    How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 required?
                                                                         forward to the work       How is the course delivered?                           How is the course delivered?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Approximately 4 - 6 hours per week.
                                                         experience in a professional salon.”      Practical and theory sessions at the Derby             Practical and theory sessions at the Derby
                                                                                                   College SENSI salon.                                   College SENSI salon.                                   How is the course delivered?
                                                         Danielle Tyers (18)                       Who is this course suitable for?                       Who is this course suitable for?                       Practical and theory sessions at the Derby
                                                         NVQ 2 beauty Therapy                                                                                                                                    College SENSI salon.
                                                                                                   The SENSI Nail Services programme is aimed             The SENSI Beauty Therapy programme is aimed
                                                                                                   at the learner who wishes to work within the           at the learner who wishes to work within the           Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                   professional nail industry.                            professional beauty therapy industry.                  The SENSI Advanced Beauty Therapy
                                                                                                   What are the mandatory modules or                      What are the mandatory modules or                      programme is aimed at the learner who wishes
                                                                                                   units?                                                 units?                                                 to work within the professional beauty therapy
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 industry.
                                                                                                   G1 Ensure your own actions reduce risks to             G1 Ensure your own actions reduce risks to
                                                                                                   health and safety; G6 Promote additional               health and safety; G6 Promote additional               What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                                   products or services to clients; G8 Develop and        products or services to clients; G8 Develop and        units?
                                                                                                   maintain your effectiveness at work.                   maintain your effectiveness at work.                   G1 Ensure your own actions reduce risks to
                                                                                                   What are the additional modules or                     What are the additional modules or                     health and safety; G6 Promote additional
                                                                                                   units?                                                 units?                                                 products or services to clients; G11 Contribute
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 to the financial effectiveness of the business;
                                                                                                   BT7 Manicure; BT8 Pedicure; BT9 Make-up;               BT4 Improve and maintain facial skin condition         BT16 Epilation; BT17 Head and body massage;
                                                                                                   BT12 Extend and maintain nails; BT13 Provide           including skin cleansing and skin analysis;            BT18 and 19 Face and body electro-therapy.
                                                                                                   nail art service; Key Skills.                          BT5 Lash and brow treatments; BT6 Waxing;
                                                                                                                                                          BT7 Manicure; BT8 Pedicure; Ear piercing; Key          What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                   What materials do I have to provide?                                                                          units?
                                                                                                                                                          Skills.
                                                                                                   Students will need to purchase a kit and                                                                      Level 3 Diploma in Anatomy and Physiology -
                                                                                                   uniform. Details are available from beauty             What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 an in-depth advanced qualification which looks
                                                                                                   therapy staff.                                         Students will need to purchase a kit and               at all the systems of the body - and Key Skills.
                                                                                                   Are there any additional costs or                      uniform. Details are available from beauty
                                                                                                                                                          therapy staff.                                         What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                   specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                                                                          Are there any additional costs or                      Students will need to purchase a kit and
                                                                                                   To be advised.                                                                                                uniform. Details are available from beauty
                                                                                                                                                          specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                   What can I do after this course?                                                                              therapy staff.
                                                                                                                                                          To be advised.
                                                                                                   Progression to other beauty courses offered by                                                                Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                   Derby College.                                         What can I do after this course?                       specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                   What careers would this course be useful               Progression to other beauty courses offered by         To be advised.
                                                                                                   for?                                                   Derby College.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                   Employment in nail salons, mobile business.            What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                          for?                                                   Employment in beauty salons, nail centres,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 health spas or cruise liners.
                                                                                                                                                          Employment in salons, spa, mobile business.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 for?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Beauty Therapist.




50                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  51
                                                                                                                                                                                                                BusinEss

     bUSINESS                                                  STUDENT ProFILE                             BTEC First Diploma in Business                     BTEC National Diploma in
                                                                                                                                                              Business




                                                                                                                                                                                                                           BusinEss
                                                                                                           LEVEL      2
                                                                                                           LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE

     our CoursEs mEan BusinEss
                                                                                                                                                              LEVEL      3
                                                               “i didn’t do well in my GCsEs but           YEARS      1
                                                                                                                                                              LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
                                                               i’ve always been interested in              Course Summary                                     YEARS      2

     If you’re keen to venture into the high-powered           studying Business - so i enrolled           A BTEC First course is equivalent to a             Course Summary
                                                               here on the BTEC national                   GCSE programme and offers the learner              The BTEC National Diploma in Business
     world of business, equip yourself with the right skills                                               an alternative way of achieving a Level 2
                                                               Diploma Business.                                                                              is an alternative to A-levels and gives you
     to enhance your cV and improve your employment                                                        programme of study without having to sit any       the opportunity to gain knowledge and
                                                                                                           examinations. BTECs put you in charge of your      understanding of many business aspects.
     opportunities.                                            “The course is really varied and covers     own learning.
                                                                                                                                                              How will I be assessed?
                                                               a wide range of topics such as Law,         How will I be assessed?
     our courses enable you to explore real-world                                                                                                             100% coursework through written reports,
                                                                          retail, Human resources,         100% assignment work through written               presentations, observations and compulsory
     issues ranging from finance and marketing to                         Web Management and               assignments, reports, presentations,               enrichment visits to enhance the delivery and
                                                                                                           observations and attendance on enrichment          completion of the course.
     customer relations and management. you will                         Marketing. It’s great for         activities.
                                                                         anyone wanting to go onto                                                            Entry requirements
     gain a respected and valuable qualification                                                           Entry requirements
                                                                         university or work in a                                                              You will need to have four GCSEs at grade C
                                                                                                           4 GCSEs at grade D. You will need to have
     to put you on the path to become a business                         business environment.             English and/or Maths at grade D.
                                                                                                                                                              or above including English. Minimum Maths is
                                                                                                                                                              GCSE grade D or Application of Number Level
     high-flier.                                                                                           How much time will I spend on the                  2. As an alternative to GCSEs, a merit at BTEC
                                                                          “During my time at the           course?                                            First level.
                                                                          college, I have learnt some      18.5 hours per week.                               How much time will I spend on the
                                                                         valuable skills got the grades                                                       course?
                                                                                                           How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                         I needed to go onto the           required?                                          18.5 hours per week.
                                                                         University of Leicester to        N/A.                                               How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                         study Law.”                       How is the course delivered?                       required?
                                                                                                           Mix of classroom-based delivery.                   2 - 6 hours on assignments/homework.
                                                               Suraj Lakhanpal (19)
                                                                                                           Who is this course suitable for?                   How is the course delivered?
                                                               bTEc National Diploma business
                                                                                                           Those wishing to learn more about business at      Mix of classroom-based delivery.
                                                                                                           a beginner’s level and who may wish to pursue      Who is this course suitable for?
                                                               FUTUrE                                      this as a career.
                                                                                                           What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                                                                                              This course is suitable for those learners
                                                                                                                                                              preparing themselves for employment or
                                                               ENTrEPrENEUrS                               units?                                             university entry as an alternative to A-levels.
                                                                                                           Unit 1 - Exploring Business Purposes, Unit         What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                                           2 - Developing Customer Relations, Unit 3 -        units?
                                                               Business students have been                 Investigating Financial Control.
                                                               involved in an international                                                                   Exploring Business Activity, Investigating
                                                                                                           What are the additional modules or                 Business Resources, Introduction to Marketing,
                                                               ‘apprentice’ style challenge -              units?                                             Effective People - Communication and
                                                               working with Derby-based s&a                Unit 4 - Business Communications, Unit             Information.
                                                               Foods to design a new product.              5 - People in Organisations, Unit 8 - Doing        What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                           Business Online.                                   units?
                                                               Meanwhile, students at a college in         What materials do I have to provide?               Other modules will be discussed during
                                                                                                           It is recommended that you provide a USB           induction and tutorial sessions with your
                                                               bosnia Herzegovina have been doing a                                                           lecturers.
                                                                                                           memory stick to ensure your work is saved/
                                                               similar project and both groups have        backed up.                                         What materials do I have to provide?
                                                               visited each other’s countries to share     Are there any additional costs or                  A USB memory stick is recommended.
                                                               their ideas.                                specialist equipment required?                     Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                           There may be contributions to the enrichment       specialist equipment required?
                                                               The Derby college students, assisted        activities undertaken in support of the delivery   There is an option of educational visits to
                                                               by Arts and graphics students,              of the course.                                     various locations. These will be discussed
                                                               designed the product and packaging          What can I do after this course?                   during induction and there may be a cost
                                                                                                           Progression to Level 3 Business or Business/ICT    incurred.
                                                               for the new product and then
                                                                                                           qualifications if you achieve the appropriate      What can I do after this course?
                                                               presented to a panel of judges. The         grade of a merit or distinction.
                                                               winners were gemma Shankland,                                                                  Progression to Higher Education or into
                                                                                                           What careers would this course be useful           employment where you may be able to
                                                               Viktors Tolstov, Peter clark, Adam          for?                                               undertake employment related qualifications
                                                               cassar and Daniel Woodside with             Business-based careers.                            within the same sector.
                                                               their Munchi Mochi idea for Japanese                                                           What careers would this course be useful
                                                               dessert snack.                                                                                 for?
                                                                                                                                                              Marketing, Finance, Advertising, HR, Law,
                                                                                                                                                              Business Management, Self Employment and
                                                                              The business department                                                         Teaching.
                                                                              has also celebrated one
                                                                               of its most successful
                                                                               years with 100% pass
                                                                               rate and a host of triple
                                                                                distinctions. Nearly
                                                                                60% of students also
                                                                                 achieved above their
                                                                                 projected grades.




52                                                                                                                                                                                                                         53
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             CarE

     cArE                                              STUDENT ProFILES                             Cache Foundation Award                        BTEC Introductory Diploma                                 Cache Level 2 Diploma in
                                                                                                                                              FLT Health & Social Care                                      Childcare and Education




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              CarE
                                                                                                    LEVEL      1
                                                                                                    LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE
                                                                                                                                                        LEVEL      1
                                                                                                                                                                                                  FLT
                                                                                                                                                                                                            LEVEL      2
     CarE To makE a DiFFErEnCE                         “i originally came to College to             YEARS      1
                                                                                                                                                        LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE                           LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE
                                                       do a Level 2 Child Care and have             Course Summary                                      YEARS      1                                        YEARS      1

     A career in care work is your chance to change    since progressed to nVQ Level                An introduction to childcare for anyone wanting     Course Summary                                      Course Summary
                                                       3 in Child Care - Learning and               to progress into a career working with children.    Eight units covering an introduction to working     A Cache Level 2 Diploma is equivalent to 4
     people’s lives for the better and make a real                                                  This course provides an introduction to working     in care and specific units giving a taste of        GCSE grades A* to C. It is a practical, work-
                                                       Development. The course is hard              in the childcare or playwork sector.
     contribution to society.                          work but the teachers give you all
                                                                                                                                                        caring and childcare issues.                        related course. You learn by completing
                                                                                                    How will I be assessed?                             How will I be assessed?                             projects and assignments that are based
                                                       the support you need to do your                                                                                                                      on realistic workplace situations, activities
     Whether you’d love to work with children - or                                                  You will complete a written task for each           Through continual assessment.                       and demands. You also sit a multiple choice
                                                                  best.                             unit. The majority of assessment is through
     are looking for a stepping stone into nursing,                                                 coursework. There is also an external exam.         Entry requirements                                  question paper.
     midwifery or social work - we have the course                   “I go to a Private Day         Entry requirements                                  All students are assessed on an individual basis.   How will I be assessed?
                                                                                                                                                        A GCSE profile of E-F grades is desirable.          All units are assessed and graded and an
     which will give you the skills you need.                        Nursery once a week on         All students are assessed on an individual basis.   Good attendance and punctuality should be
                                                                                                    A GCSE profile of E - F grades is desirable.                                                            overall grade for the qualification is awarded.
                                                                    a work placement which I                                                            evident from your record of achievement.
                                                                                                    Good attendance and punctuality should be                                                               Entry requirements
     And, if you already work in the care sector, we                really enjoy and it helps       evident from your record of achievement.            How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                                                                        course?                                             A BTEC Introductory Diploma in a related
     could help you gain the ideal qualifications to                put my skills into practice.    How much time will I spend on the                                                                       subject at merit or distinction. Grade D in
                                                                                                    course?                                             Three days a week and one day of Key Skills.        English plus 3 other D grades. Evidence of
     transform a worthwhile job into a rewarding                   “I love studying at Derby                                                            How many hours of self-study will be                identity for the Criminal Records Bureau check.
                                                                                                    The course is delivered full-time over one
     long-term career.                                             college. It is a relaxed,        year. Up to 4 days in College including the         required?                                           How much time will I spend on the
                                                                   mature and friendly              equivalent of 1 day per week studying Key           3 - 6 hours per week.                               course?
                                                                  environment where you             Skills.                                             How is the course delivered?                        3 days in College, 2 days in placement.
                                                                  get to meet a wide range of       How many hours of self-study will be                Through a series of classroom-based activities      How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                                                    required?
                                                                  people studying all sorts of                                                          relating theory to practice in care settings.       required?
                                                       different subjects.”                         3 hours per week.                                   Who is this course suitable for?                    6 - 8 hours per week.
                                                                                                    How is the course delivered?                        For learners who need more time to develop          How is the course delivered?
                                                       christalla Paskious (17)                     Varied range of classroom activities relating       Key Skills and literacy levels before moving onto   Varied range of classroom activities and
                                                       NVQ 3 childcare - Learning and Development   theory to practice in childcare settings and        Level 2 or employment.                              working towards assignments. 2 days per week
                                                                                                    working towards assignments. For some               What are the mandatory modules or                   in an Early Years placement plus a multiple
                                                                                                    students there may be the opportunity to visit      units?                                              choice question paper.
                                                                                                    and work within a childcare setting.
                                                       “I first came here for the                                                                       Starting Work in Health and Social Care,            Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                    Who is this course suitable for?                    Working in Health and Social Care, Developing
                                                       information Evening at the                                                                                                                           Learners who are at a D grade and want to
                                                                                                    Anyone interested in working with children. For     Skills in Health and Social Care, Personal          pursue a career that is childcare related.
                                                       College and seeing the large range           learners who need more time to develop Key          Effectiveness and Social Responsibility at Work.
                                                       of courses on offer, i decided               Skills and literacy levels before moving on to a                                                        What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                                                                                        What are the additional modules or                  units?
                                                       to make the move from school                 Level 2 programme or employment.                    units?
                                                                                                    What are the mandatory modules or                                                                       Unit 1 - An Introduction to Working with
                                                       to study BTEC health and social                                                                  Looking After Children, Images of People and        Children; Unit 2 - The Developing Child; Unit
                                                                                                    units?                                              Exploring Local Services.
                                                       Care.                                                                                                                                                3 - Safe, Healthy and Nurturing Environments
                                                                                                    Topics covered include: Human Growth and            What materials do I have to provide?                for Children; Unit 4 Children and Play; Unit
                                                                                                    Development from Birth to Old Age; Food and                                                             5 - Communication and Professional Skills
                                                       “It is a huge step from gcSEs - the          Nutrition; Health and Safety Practices in Home      Pens, folder and paper.
                                                                                                                                                                                                            within Childcare and Education; Unit 6 - The
                                                       workload is heavy and requires lots          and Group Settings; and Care of Children.           Are there any additional costs or                   Childcare Practitioner in the Workplace; Plus 1
                                                       of time and focus but you get to learn       What are the additional modules or                  specialist equipment required?                      optional unit.
                                                                                                    units?                                              N/A
                                                                all areas of Health and Social                                                                                                              What are the additional modules or
                                                                care such as counselling,           N/A                                                 What can I do after this course?                    units?
                                                                Psychology, Public Health           What materials do I have to provide?                If you gain a merit or distinction and all          Unit 6 - Supporting Children’s Play and
                                                                                                    Ring binder, A4 paper and pen.                      relevant Key Skills, you may move onto the          Learning.
                                                                 and even complementary                                                                 BTEC First Diploma in either Health and
                                                                                                    Are there any additional costs or                                                                       What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                 Therapies, all of which are                                                            Social Care or Children’s Care Learning and
                                                                                                    specialist equipment required?                      Development. You can also progress into             File, plastic wallets, pens and paper.
                                                                 very interesting.
                                                                                                    Flat shoes, smart trousers and top for              training or employment.                             Are there any additional costs or
                                                                  “I also do 400 hours of work      placement (not needed until the end of the          What careers would this course be useful            specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                    academic year).                                     for?                                                Flat shoes, smart trousers and top for
                                                                  placement over the two-year
                                                                                                    What can I do after this course?                                                                        placement.
                                                                   course and I’ve worked at                                                            Any careers in caring e.g. care assistant, health
                                                                   a private day nursery and        Progression to Level 2 with a distinction overall   care assistant or childcare e.g. early years        What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                    grade and pass in all relevant Key Skills           worker.                                             If you complete the programme with an
                                                                    a residential home where I      Communication Level 1.                                                                                  A/B overall grade and pass Key Skills
                                                                    have been able to build on      What careers would this course be useful                                                                Communication Level 2, you can progress
                                                                   my theory-based work.            for?                                                                                                    to Cache Level 3 Diploma in Childcare and
                                                                                                    A preparation course to enable progression                                                              Education.
                                                       “At the end of my course, I intend to        into employment and/or a Level 2 qualification.                                                         What careers would this course be useful
                                                       go to De Montfort University to do a         With further training: a career within childcare                                                        for?
                                                       degree in Social Work and I’ve also          or working with families.                                                                               With further training: paediatric nursing,
                                                       done some voluntary work at the                                                                                                                      midwifery, nursery and primary teaching, early
                                                       citizens Advice bureau to gain extra                                                                                                                 years provision.
                                                       experience.”
                                                       Jasbir chandni rattu
                                                       bTEc Health and Social care




54                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            55
          CarE                                                                                                                                                     CarE

       BTEC First Diploma in Health &                     Cache Level 3 Diploma in                            National Diploma in Health &
       Social Care                                        Childcare and Education                             Social Care




                                                                                                                                                                          CarE
CarE




       LEVEL      2                                       LEVEL      3                                        LEVEL      3
       LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE                          LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE                           LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE
       YEARS      1                                       YEARS      2                                        YEARS      2

       Course Summary                                     Course Summary                                      Course Summary
       A six-unit course that offers a placement 1 day    The Cache Level 3 Diploma in Childcare and          The BTEC National Diploma in Health Studies
       per week and the opportunity to develop work-      Education is recognised throughout the United       is a practical work-related course equivalent to
       related skills in a health or care environment     Kingdom as a high level qualification and is        3 A-levels.
       equivalent to 3 GCSEs. Progression to a Level      widely recognised as an entry into universities.    How will I be assessed?
       3 course dependent on 90% attendance, Key          How will I be assessed?
       Skills Level 2 and a merit/distinction grade.                                                          By completing assignments and undertaking
                                                          Each unit is assessed separately through            work placements.
       How will I be assessed?                            a variety of methods including portfolios,          Entry requirements
       Through a range of assignment and placement        assignments, presentations, displays, an
       tasks scheduled over the year. An overall grade    external assessment research task and a short-      At least 5 GCSEs at grade A-C, one being
       is made at the end of the year.                    answer test paper.                                  English Language and Maths or Science. BTEC
                                                                                                              First Diploma at merit/distinction with Key Skills
       Entry requirements                                 Entry requirements                                  Communication at Level 2. Evidence of identity
       A BTEC Introductory Diploma in a related           Students should have attained 5 A* to C grades      for the Criminal Records Bureau check.
       subject at merit or distinction. Grade D in        at GCSE level including English Language            How much time will I spend on the
       English plus 3 other D grades. Evidence of         and Maths or Science. Level 2 Childcare and         course?
       identity for the Criminal Records Bureau check.    Education qualification at merit/distinction with
                                                          Key Skills Communication at Level 2. Evidence       4 days in College and 1 day on placement.
       How much time will I spend on the
       course?                                            of identity for the Criminal Records Bureau         How many hours of self-study will be
                                                          check.                                              required?
       4 days including placement day.
                                                          How much time will I spend on the                   8 - 10 hours per week.
       How many hours of self-study will be               course?
       required?                                                                                              How is the course delivered?
                                                          3 days a week in College, 2 days in placement.      It is delivered by lecturers and will involve
       Approximately 3 - 6 hours per week.
                                                          How many hours of self-study will be                assignments, presentations, displays, work
       How is the course delivered?                       required?                                           placements and group activities. Each
       There is a varied range of classroom activities    8 - 10 hours per week.                              assignment is assessed to pass/merit/distinction
       where theoretical learning is a focus and one                                                          grade.
       day in a health or care-related placement to       How is the course delivered?
                                                                                                              Who is this course suitable for?
       develop practical caring skills.                   Varied range of classroom activities and
                                                          working towards assignments. Two days per           Learners who are 16-19 and have at A+ to
       Who is this course suitable for?                                                                       C grades and want to pursue a career that is
                                                          week in an Early Years placement.
       Learners who are at a D grade and want to                                                              childcare-related.
       pursue a career that is health or care-related.    Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                              What are the mandatory modules or
       What are the mandatory modules or                  Learners who are 16-19 and have at A+ to            units?
       units?                                             C grades and want to pursue a career that is
                                                          childcare-related.                                  The Health Studies pathway has 14 units. The
       Communication and Individual Rights within                                                             Care pathway has 11 units, some units are
       the Health and Social Care Sectors. Individual     What are the mandatory modules or                   halved. Developing effective communication in
       Needs within the Health and Social Care            units?                                              Health and Social Care. Equality, Diversity and
       Sectors.                                           Unit 1 - An Introduction to Working with            Rights in Health and Social Care. Development
       What are the additional modules or                 Children; Unit 2 - Development from                 through the life stages. Fundamentals of
       units?                                             Conception to Age 16 Years; Unit 3 -                anatomy and physiology for health and social
                                                          Supporting Children; Unit 4 - Keeping Children      care. Sociology perspectives for health and
       Vocational Experience in a Health or Social        Safe; Unit 5 - The Principles Underpinning the      social care. Psychology perspectives for health
       Care Setting. Anatomy and Physiology for           Role of the Practitioner Working with Children;     and social care. Caring for children and young
       Health and Social Care. Human Lifespan             Unit 6 - Promoting a Healthy Environment            people. Each pathway has its own mandatory
       Development. Creative and Therapeutic              for Children; Unit 7 - Play and Learning in         units.
       Activities in Health and Social Care.              Children’s Education; Unit 8 - Caring for           What are the additional modules or
       What materials do I have to provide?               Children; Unit 9 - Development of Professional      units?
       A lever arch file, plastic wallets, pens, paper,   Skills within Children’s Education; 3 optional
                                                          units.                                              Research methodology for Health and Social
       stapler and hole punch.                                                                                Care. Complementary therapies for Health
       Are there any additional costs or                  What are the additional modules or                  and Social Care. Introduction to Counselling
       specialist equipment required?                     units?                                              Skills for Health and Social Care.
       Flat closed-in shoes, smart trousers and top for   N/A                                                 What materials do I have to provide?
       attendance at placement.                           What materials do I have to provide?                N/A
       What can I do after this course?                   Files, plastic wallets, pen and paper.              Are there any additional costs or
       If you gain a merit or distinction overall grade   Are there any additional costs or                   specialist equipment required?
       and pass Key Skills Communication Level            specialist equipment required?                      N/A
       2, you can progress to the BTEC National           Flat shoes, smart trousers and top for
       Diploma in Health and Social Care or move                                                              What can I do after this course?
                                                          placement.
       onto Health or Care-related employment.                                                                The qualification is an entry qualification to
                                                          What can I do after this course?                    university or careers in care or health.
       What careers would this course be useful
       for?                                               After this programme you will be qualified to       What careers would this course be useful
                                                          work with children. This also provides a route      for?
       A health care assistant. A care assistant in a     to Higher Education.
       residential establishment. Domiciliary worker.                                                         Health Studies pathway: Nursing, Midwifery,
       Those learners wanting to go into Social Work      What careers would this course be useful            Occupational Therapy, Physiotherapy,
       or Nursing.                                        for?                                                Paramedics and associated medical
                                                          Working with Children, Education, Health and        professions. The Care pathway will lead to
                                                          Social Services.                                    social work, probation work and youth work/
                                                                                                              community services.




56                                                                                                                                                                        57
                                                                                                                                                                                                      CaTErinG & hosPiTaLiTy

     cATErINg &                                             WELcoME rETUrN                              Diploma in Introduction to
                                                                                                        Professional Cookery
                                                                                                                                                            Diploma in Professional Cookery
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 A     Apprenticeship Drink
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Service Level 2




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     CaTErinG & hosPiTaLiTy
                                                                                                                                                            LEVEL      2



     HoSPITALITy
                                                                                                                                                            LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE
                                                            Catering and hospitality courses
                                                                                                        LEVEL
                                                                                                        LOCATION
                                                                                                                   1
                                                                                                                   THE ROUNDHOUSE                 FLT       YEARS      1

                                                            have returned to Derby College              YEARS      1                                        Course Summary                                      Course Summary
                                                            with state of the art training              Course Summary                                      This course is designed for learners who            The course in Serving Drink will appeal to any
                                                                                                                                                            want to work as professional cooks/chefs            young person who enjoys working with people
     nEW inGrEDiEnTs For suCCEss                            facilities at the new roundhouse            This course is designed for learners who
                                                                                                                                                            in the Catering & Hospitality sector. These         in a social setting and is interested in bar work.
                                                            campus on Pride Park.                       want to work as professional cooks/chefs
                                                                                                        in the Catering & Hospitality sector. These         qualifications will involve working in a purpose-   How will I be assessed?
     Be among the first to sample the state-of-the-art                                                  qualifications will involve working in a purpose-   built kitchen and restaurant environment,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                You will be assessed on the job where you will
                                                            The purpose-built £2.5m facilities will                                                         preparing and serving to customers.
     catering and hospitality training facilities at our                                                built kitchen and restaurant environment,                                                               be given a dedicated co-ordinator to support
                                                            have the capacity for 170 full and part     preparing and serving to customers.                 How will I be assessed?                             and guide you through your NVQ.
     stunning new roundhouse campus. The purpose-                                                                                                           Practical assignments will be assessed by the
                                                            time catering and hospitality students      How will I be assessed?                                                                                 Entry requirements
     built £2.5 million suite serves up the ideal setting   who learn the business in a purpose         Practical assignments will be assessed by the       subject lecturer/assessor on a continuous basis
                                                                                                                                                                                                                5 GCSEs at grades C-G including Maths and
                                                                                                        subject lecturer/assessor on a continuous           throughout the year and have to be completed
     to advance your career in an exciting, vibrant and     built suite incorporating three glass                                                                                                               English.
                                                                                                        basis throughout the year. Health and safety        in realistic work situations. Health and safety
                                                            fronted kitchens, 80-seat restaurant                                                            is an integral part of all the assignments. The     How much time will I spend on the
     growing sector.                                                                                    is an integral part of all the assignments. The
                                                                                                                                                            underpinning knowledge is by externally set         course?
                                                            and bar.                                    underpinning knowledge is by externally set
                                                                                                        assignments and on-line multiple choice tests.      assignments and on-line testing.                    Various.
     The hi-tech facilities feature three glass-fronted                                                                                                     Entry requirements
                                                            The college had an enviable                 Entry requirements                                                                                      How many hours of self-study will be
     training kitchens, an 80-seat restaurant and bar.                                                                                                      Level 1 Hospitality qualification or relevant       required?
                                                            reputation for catering and hospitality     You will require GCSE English and Mathematics
     you’ll have access to the very latest technology and                                               at E or above, but additional support may be        experience and GCSE in English or                   Approximately 2 hours per week.
                                                            but could not accommodate students                                                              Mathematics at grade A-C.
                                                                                                        considered for the underpinning knowledge                                                               How is the course delivered?
     benefit from working with our outstanding team of      when the Wilmorton campus closed in         element of this programme if you can prove          How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                The NVQ and Employment Rights and
     highly-skilled staff.                                  2002.                                       relevant practical experience.                      course?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Responsibilities course will be delivered in the
                                                                                                        How much time will I spend on the                   The course requires you do a minimum of 450         workplace by a qualified assessor. Day release
                                                            Principal David croll explained that the    course?                                             hours on the Hospitality curriculum plus an         will be required for the Technical Certificate and
                                                                                                        The course requires a minimum of 450 hours          additional 3 hours of customer service training,    Key Skills.
                                                            roundhouse facilities cater for a wide                                                          which may be on evening events. You will
                                                                                                        on the Hospitality curriculum plus an additional                                                        Who is this course suitable for?
     Look ouT For ExCiTinG nEW                              range of full and part time students        3 hours of customer service training, which may     also complete Functional Skills (Maths, IT and
                                                            as well as those on apprenticeships                                                             English).                                           All students wanting to progress their career
                                                                                                        be on evening events. You will also complete
     oPPorTuniTiEs For EnTry To                             both at the college and from regional       Functional Skills (Maths, IT and English).          How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                                                                                                                                                                within Hospitality and Catering.
                                                                                                                                                            required?                                           What are the mandatory modules or
     LEVEL 2 CoursEs - CominG soon!                         businesses. There are also plans in         How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                                                        required?                                           You may be required to do work from revision
                                                                                                                                                                                                                units?
                                                            the second year to introduce higher                                                                                                                 Mandatory components of the framework
                                                                                                        You may be required to do work from revision        packs to successfully complete tested units and
     ConTaCT o800 028 0289                                  level HND and HNc courses.
                                                                                                        packs to successfully complete tested units and     assignments.                                        are: NVQ Level 2 Drink Service. Award in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Hospitality and Catering Principles (Technical
                                                                                                        assignments.                                        How is the course delivered?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Certificate). Key Skills at Level 1. Employment
                                                            “The facilities at the roundhouse are       How is the course delivered?                        The course involves training mainly in kitchen      Rights and Responsibilities. Candidates will
                                                            among the best in the East Midlands         The course involves training mainly in kitchen      skills. Some restaurant skills are required         work towards an NVQ Level 2 by completing
                                                            and have been ergonomically planned         skills. Some restaurant skills are required         and are based on realistic work situations.         three mandatory units: Health and safety;
                                                                                                        and are based on realistic work situations.         Approximately 50% of the programme will be          Contribution to effective teamwork; Give
                                                            to be environmentally friendly and                                                              practically based.
                                                                                                        Approximately 50% of the programme will be                                                              customers a positive impression of yourself
                                                            re-create contemporary industry                                                                 Who is this course suitable for?                    and your organisation.
                                                                                                        practically based.
                                                            working conditions to give our                                                                                                                      What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                        Who is this course suitable for?                    Individuals who are enthusiastic about cookery
                                                            students the best start in their careers                                                        and have good people skills.                        units?
                                                                                                        Individuals who are enthusiastic about cookery
                                                                              in the catering and       and have good people skills.                        What are the mandatory modules or                   Candidates must also complete four optional
                                                                               hospitality industry.”                                                       units?                                              units plus Key Skills and a course on
                                                                                                        What are the mandatory modules or                                                                       Employment Rights and Responsibilities.
                                                                                                        units?                                              There are 14 mandatory units: Investigate the
                                                                             The announcement                                                               Catering & Hospitality industry; Food safety        What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                        There are 12 mandatory units: Introduction
                                                                                                        to the Catering & Hospitality industry; Food        in catering; Health and safety in catering and      N/A
                                                                             has been warmly                                                                hospitality; Healthier foods and special diets;
                                                                            welcomed by one             safety in catering; Health and safety awareness                                                         Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                        for catering and hospitality; Introduction to       Kitchen operations, costs and menu planning;
                                                                                                                                                                                                                specialist equipment required?
                                                                            of the college’s            healthier foods and special diets; Introduction     Applying workplace skills; Prepare and cook
                                                                                                                                                            stocks, soups and sauces; Prepare and cook          N/A
                                                                            most famous former          to kitchen equipment; Introduction to personal
                                                                                                        workplace skills; Prepare and cook food by          fruit and vegetables; Prepare and cook meat         What can I do after this course?
                                                                            students - Michelin star                                                        and offal; Prepare and cook poultry; Prepare
                                                                                                        boiling, poaching and steaming; Prepare and                                                             Progression to the Advanced Apprenticeship in
                                                                           chef Sat bains, pictured     cook food by stewing and braising; Prepare          fish and shellfish; Prepare and cook rice,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Level 3.
                                                                           left, who attended           and cook food by baking, roasting and grilling;     pasta, grains and egg dishes; Prepare and
                                                                                                                                                            cook desserts and puddings; Prepare and cook        What careers would this course be useful
                                                                           the college in the mid       Prepare and cook food by deep frying and                                                                for?
                                                                                                        shallow frying; Regeneration of pre-prepared        bakery products.
                                                                           Eighties.                    food; Cold food preparation.                        What are the additional modules or                  You may wish to consider progressing to
                                                                                                                                                            units?                                              the Diploma in Hospitality Supervision and
                                                                                                        What are the additional modules or                                                                      Leadership Skills, which develops all aspects
                                                                          He said: “I have very         units?                                              None
                                                                                                                                                                                                                of your job role and includes the training of
                                                                         fond memories of my            None                                                What materials do I have to provide?                colleagues.
                                                            time at Derby college and it was there      What materials do I have to provide?                Full chef’s whites and food service uniform,
                                                            that my enthusiasm for catering was         Full chef’s whites and food service uniform,        which may be provided by the College. See
                                                            sparked 20 years ago.”                      which may be provided by the College. See           the uniform requirements/student support
                                                                                                        the uniform requirements/student support            application form provided on enrolling.
                                                                                                        application form provided on enrolling.             Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                        Are there any additional costs or                   specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                        specialist equipment required?                      You will be expected to provide your own flat
                                                                                                        You will be expected to provide your own flat       enclosed black footwear.
                                                                                                        enclosed black footwear.                            What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                        What can I do after this course?                    Progression is to Level 3. This can be on a
                                                                                                        Progression is to Level 2. This can be on a         full-time College course or work-based on an
                                                                                                        full-time College course or work-based on an        apprenticeship.
                                                                                                        apprenticeship.                                     What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                        What careers would this course be useful            for?
                                                                                                        for?                                                All areas of Hospitality & Catering including the
                                                                                                        All areas of Hospitality & Catering including the   leisure industry.
                                                                                                        leisure industry.

58                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   59
                            CaTErinG & hosPiTaLiTy                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      CaTErinG & hosPiTaLiTy

                                Apprenticeship Food and                              Apprenticeship Food                                  Apprenticeship Front Office                          Apprenticeship Multi-                                Apprenticeship Professional                          Advanced Apprenticeship
                          A     Drink Service Level 2
                                                                               A     Processing and Cooking
                                                                                                                                    A     Level 2
                                                                                                                                                                                         A     skilled Hospitality Services
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              A     Cookery Level 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   A     Hospitality Supervision




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       CaTErinG & hosPiTaLiTy
CaTErinG & hosPiTaLiTy




                                                                                     Level 2                                                                                                   Level 2                                                                                                   Level 3
                         Course Summary                                                                                            Course Summary                                                                                            Course Summary
                         The course in Serving Food and Drink will            Course Summary                                       The course in Front Office will appeal to any        Course Summary                                       The Professional Cookery option would suit           Course Summary
                         appeal to any young person who enjoys                The Food Processing and Cooking option would         young person already working in a busy               The course will appeal to any young person           a young person who loves to cook but is also         This qualification will appeal to a young person
                         working with people in a social setting and          suit a young person who loves to cook but is         reception area of a hotel.                           who enjoys working with people in a multi-           willing to work in a busy kitchen for long and       working within a hospitality area. It will give
                         wants to become a first class waiter or waitress,    also willing to work in a busy kitchen for long      How will I be assessed?                              skilled environment, including areas of              often anti-social hours.                             you the skills to supervise and manage others.
                         or for someone who is interested in bar work.        and often anti-social hours.                                                                              Hospitality and Catering.                            How will I be assessed?
                                                                                                                                   You will be assessed on the job where you will                                                                                                                 How will I be assessed?
                         How will I be assessed?                              How will I be assessed?                              be given a dedicated co-ordinator to support         How will I be assessed?                              You will be assessed on the job where you will       You will be assessed on the job where you will
                         You will be assessed on the job where you will       You will be assessed on the job where you will       and guide you through your NVQ.                      You will be assessed on the job where you will       be given a dedicated mentor to support and           be given a dedicated mentor to support and
                         be given a dedicated co-ordinator to support         be given a dedicated co-ordinator to support         Entry requirements                                   be given a dedicated co-ordinator to support         guide you through your NVQ.                          guide you through your NVQ.
                         and guide you through your NVQ.                      and guide you through your NVQ.                                                                           and guide you through your NVQ.                      Entry requirements
                                                                                                                                   None.                                                                                                                                                          Entry requirements
                         Entry requirements                                   Entry requirements                                                                                        Entry requirements                                   None.
                                                                                                                                   How much time will I spend on the                                                                                                                              Completion of an Apprenticeship at level 2 or
                         N/A                                                  None.                                                course?                                              None.                                                How much time will I spend on the                    3 GCSEs at grades A-C including English and
                         How much time will I spend on the                    How much time will I spend on the                    Various.                                             How much time will I spend on the                    course?                                              Maths.
                         course?                                              course?                                                                                                   course?                                              To be discussed at interview.                        How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                                                   How many hours of self-study will be
                         Various.                                             To be discussed at interview.                        required?                                            Various.                                             How many hours of self-study will be                 course?
                         How many hours of self-study will be                 How many hours of self-study will be                 Approximately 2 hours per week.                      How many hours of self-study will be                 required?                                            Various.
                         required?                                            required?                                                                                                 required?                                            Approximately 2 hours per week.                      How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                                                                                   How is the course delivered?
                         Approximately 2 hours per week.                      Approximately 2 hours per week.                                                                           Approximately 2 hours per week.                      How is the course delivered?                         required?
                                                                                                                                   The NVQ and Employment Rights and
                         How is the course delivered?                         How is the course delivered?                         Responsibilities course will be delivered in the     How is the course delivered?                         The NVQ and Employment Rights and                    Approximately 2 hours per week.
                         The NVQ and Employment Rights and                    The NVQ and Employment Rights and                    workplace by a qualified assessor. Day release       The NVQ and Employment Rights and                    Responsibilities course will be delivered in the     How is the course delivered?
                         Responsibilities course will be delivered in the     Responsibilities course will be delivered in the     will be required for the Technical Certificate and   Responsibilities course will be delivered in the     workplace by a qualified assessor. Day release       The NVQ and Employment Rights and
                         workplace by a qualified assessor. Day release       workplace by a qualified assessor. Day release       Key Skills.                                          workplace by a qualified assessor. Day release       will be required for the Technical Certificate and   Responsibilities course will be delivered in the
                         will be required for the Technical Certificate and   will be required for the Technical Certificate and   Who is this course suitable for?                     will be required for the Technical Certificate and   Key Skills.                                          workplace by a qualified assessor. Day release
                         Key Skills.                                          Key Skills.                                                                                               Key Skills.                                          Who is this course suitable for?                     will be required for the Technical Certificate and
                                                                                                                                   All students wanting to progress their career
                         Who is this course suitable for?                     Who is this course suitable for?                     within Hospitality and Catering.                     Who is this course suitable for?                     All students wanting to progress in a kitchen/       Key Skills.
                         All students wanting to progress their career        All students wanting to progress their career        What are the mandatory modules or                    All students wanting to progress their career        chef industry.                                       Who is this course suitable for?
                         within Hospitality and Catering.                     within Hospitality and Catering.                     units?                                               within Hospitality and Catering.                     What are the mandatory modules or                    All students wanting to progress their career
                         What are the mandatory modules or                    What are the mandatory modules or                    Mandatory components of the framework                What are the mandatory modules or                    units?                                               within Hospitality and Catering.
                         units?                                               units?                                               are: NVQ Level 2 (Front Office). Award in            units?                                               Mandatory components of the framework are:           What are the mandatory modules or
                         Mandatory components of the framework are:           Mandatory components of the framework are:           Hospitality and Catering Principles (Technical       Mandatory components of the framework are:           NVQ Level 2 (Professional Cookery). Award in         units?
                         NVQ Level 2 Food and Drink Service. Award            NVQ Level 2 (Food Processing and Cooking).           Certificate). Key Skills at Level 1. Employment      NVQ level 2 (Multi-skilled Hospitality Services).    Hospitality and Catering principles (Technical       Mandatory components of the framework
                         in Hospitality and Catering Principles (Technical    Award in Hospitality and Catering principles         Rights and Responsibilities. Candidates              Award in Hospitality and Catering Principles         Certificate). Key Skills at Level 1. Employment      are: Diploma in Hospitality Supervision and
                         Certificate) Key Skills at Level 1. Employment       (Technical Certificate). Key Skills at Level         will work towards an NVQ Level 2 by                  (Technical Certificate). Key Skills at Level 1.      Rights and Responsibilities. Candidates will be      Leadership Skills (NVQ). Award in Hospitality
                         Rights and Responsibilities. Candidates will         1. Employment Rights and Responsibilities.           completing four mandatory units: Maintain            Employment Rights and Responsibilities.              working towards an NVQ Level 2 by completing         Supervision and Leadership (Technical
                         work towards an NVQ Level 2 by completing            Candidates will be working towards an NVQ            a safe, hygienic, secure work environment;           Candidates will work towards an NVQ Level            mandatory units: Maintain food safety;               Certificate). Key Skills at Level 2. Employment
                         four mandatory units: Health and Safety;             Level 2 by completing three mandatory units:         Contribute to effective teamwork; Deal with          2 by completing two mandatory units: Give            Contribute to effective teamwork; Maintain           Rights and Responsibilities. There are five
                         Contribution to effective teamwork; Maintain         Maintain food safety; Contribute to effective        communications as part of the reception              customers a positive impression of yourself          a safe and secure working environment;               mandatory units: Contribute to the control of
                         food safety when storing, holding and serving        teamwork; Maintain a safe and secure working         function; Give customers a positive impression       and your organisation; Maintain a safe and           Maintain and promote hygiene in food storage,        resources; Maintain the health, hygiene, safety
                         food; Give customers a positive impression of        environment; Maintain and promote hygiene in         of yourself and your organisation.                   secure working environment.                          preparation and cooking.                             and security of the work environment; Supervise
                         yourself and your organisation.                      food storage, preparation and cooking.               What are the additional modules or                                                                        What are the additional modules or                   the work of staff; Manage yourself; Establish
                                                                                                                                                                                        What are the additional modules or
                         What are the additional modules or                   What are the additional modules or                   units?                                               units?                                               units?                                               and develop positive working relationships in
                         units?                                               units?                                               Candidates must also complete four optional                                                               Candidates must also complete eleven                 hospitality.
                                                                                                                                                                                        Candidates must also complete seven
                         Candidates must also complete four optional          Candidates must also complete eight                  units plus Key Skills and a course on                optional units plus Key Skills and a course on       optional units plus Key Skills and a course on       What are the additional modules or
                         units plus Key Skills and a course on                optional units plus Key Skills and a course on       Employment Rights and Responsibilities.              Employment Rights and Responsibilities.              Employment Rights and Responsibilities.              units?
                         Employment Rights and Responsibilities.              Employment Rights and Responsibilities.              What materials do I have to provide?                                                                      What materials do I have to provide?                 Candidates must also complete three optional
                                                                                                                                                                                        What materials do I have to provide?
                         What materials do I have to provide?                 What materials do I have to provide?                 N/A                                                                                                       N/A                                                  units plus Key Skills and the Employment Rights
                                                                                                                                                                                        N/A                                                                                                       and Responsibilities course.
                         N/A                                                  N/A                                                  Are there any additional costs or                                                                         Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                                                                                                        Are there any additional costs or                                                                         What materials do I have to provide?
                         Are there any additional costs or                    Are there any additional costs or                    specialist equipment required?                       specialist equipment required?                       specialist equipment required?
                         specialist equipment required?                       specialist equipment required?                       N/A                                                                                                       N/A                                                  N/A
                                                                                                                                                                                        N/A
                         N/A                                                  N/A                                                  What can I do after this course?                                                                          What can I do after this course?                     Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                                                                                                        What can I do after this course?                                                                          specialist equipment required?
                         What can I do after this course?                     What can I do after this course?                     Progression to the Advanced Apprenticeship at                                                             Progression to the Advanced Apprenticeship at
                                                                                                                                                                                        Progression to the Advanced Apprenticeship at                                                             N/A
                         Progression to the Advanced Apprenticeship in        Progression to the Advanced Apprenticeship at        Level 3.                                             Level 3.                                             Level 3.
                         Level 3.                                             Level 3.                                             What careers would this course be useful                                                                  What careers would this course be useful             What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                                                                                                        What careers would this course be useful
                         What careers would this course be useful             What careers would this course be useful             for?                                                 for?                                                 for?                                                 Higher Education Degree level.
                         for?                                                 for?                                                 This course would be useful for anyone wanting                                                            Hospitality and Catering industry.                   What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                                                        This course is useful for students wanting
                         You may wish to consider progressing to              Hospitality and Catering industry, including the     to develop a career in the hotel industry.           to progress in all aspects of the hotel and                                                               for?
                         the Diploma in Hospitality Supervision and           training of colleagues.                                                                                   Hospitality and Catering industry.                                                                        Hospitality and Catering industry.
                         Leadership Skills, which develops all aspects
                         of your job role and includes the training of
                         colleagues.




   60                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  61
                            CaTErinG & hosPiTaLiTy                            CaTErinG & hosPiTaLiTy

                                Advanced Apprenticeship
                          A     Professional Cookery




                                                                                                       CaTErinG & hosPiTaLiTy
CaTErinG & hosPiTaLiTy




                                (Preparation and Cooking)
                                Level 3

                         Course Summary
                         Professional Cookery (Preparation and
                         Cooking) is a craft qualification designed for
                         a young person who prepares, cooks and
                         finishes complex dishes in a very busy kitchen
                         and wishes to gain a National Vocational
                         Qualification at Level 3 and Apprenticeship.
                         How will I be assessed?
                         You will be assessed on the job where you will
                         be given a dedicated mentor to support and
                         guide you through your NVQ.
                         Entry requirements
                         Completion of an Apprenticeship at Level 2
                         or 3 GCSEs at grades A-C including English
                         and Maths. Workplace duties would allow for
                         preparation and cooking of complex dishes.
                         How much time will I spend on the
                         course?
                         Various.
                         How many hours of self-study will be
                         required?
                         2 - 3 hours per week.
                         How is the course delivered?
                         The NVQ and Employment Rights and
                         Responsibilities course will be delivered in the
                         workplace by a qualified assessor. Day release
                         will be required for the Technical Certificate and
                         Key Skills.
                         Who is this course suitable for?
                         All students wanting to progress their career
                         within Hospitality and Catering.
                         What are the mandatory modules or
                         units?
                         Mandatory components of the framework are:
                         NVQ Level 3 (Professional Cookery). Certificate
                         in Hospitality and Catering Principles. Key
                         Skills at Level 3. Employment Rights and
                         Responsibilities. To achieve this qualification
                         candidates must complete 16 units in total
                         including 3 mandatory units: Establish and
                         develop working relationships in hospitality;
                         Maintain the health, hygiene, safety and
                         security of the working environment; Maintain
                         food safety when storing, preparing and
                         cooking food.
                         What are the additional modules or
                         units?
                         Candidates must also complete thirteen
                         optional units plus Key Skills and a course on
                         Employment Rights and Responsibilities.
                         What materials do I have to provide?
                         N/A
                         Are there any additional costs or
                         specialist equipment required?
                         N/A
                         What can I do after this course?
                         Higher Education Degree Level.
                         What careers would this course be useful
                         for?
                         Hospitality and Catering industry.




   62                                                                                                  63
                                                                                                                                                                                      ConsErVaTion & arBoriCuLTurE

     coNSErVATIoN &                                        coNTINUED                                  City & Guilds National Certificate BTEC National Diploma in
                                                                                                      in Environmental Conservation      Countryside Management
                                                                                                                                                                                                            BTEC Nationals in Arboriculture




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 ConsErVaTion & arBoriCuLTurE
                                                                                                                                                                                                            LEVEL      3



     ArborIcULTUrE                                         SUccESS                                                                                                                                          LOCATION   BROOMFIELD HALL
                                                                                                      LEVEL      2                                       LEVEL      3                                       YEARS      1
                                                                                                      LOCATION   BROOMFIELD HALL                         LOCATION   BROOMFIELD HALL
                                                                                                      YEARS      1                                       YEARS      2                                       Course Summary
                                                           arboriculture student sam Turner           Course Summary                                     Course Summary                                     The course is a one or two-year programme
                                                           (18) came a very respectable                                                                                                                     that aims to give participants a solid foundation
     ThE naTuraL ChoiCE                                    fifth in the national final of
                                                                                                      The course is a one-year programme that aims       This course aims to give participants a solid
                                                                                                                                                                                                            in the science and practice of arboriculture and
                                                                                                      to give participants a good introduction to        foundation in the science and practice of
                                                                                                      conservation and managing the countryside,         conservation and managing the countryside,         managing trees and woodlands, using a wide
     Passionate about protecting the world around us?      the institute of horticulture’s                                                                                                                  range of experiences at Broomfield and its
                                                           young horticulturist of the year           using a wide range of experiences both at          using a wide range of experiences both at
                                                                                                                                                                                                            380-acre estate as well as the wider Derbyshire
     Want to work in the countryside? Then our courses     competition - missing out to
                                                                                                      Broomfield and its 380-acre estate as well as      Broomfield as well as the wider Derbyshire
                                                                                                                                                                                                            countryside.
                                                                                                      the wider Derbyshire countryside.                  countryside.
     could be a breath of fresh air.                       former Broomfield Hall student             How will I be assessed?                            How will I be assessed?                            How will I be assessed?
                                                           alex summers who is now at rBG             An externally set on-line multiple choice exam     You will undertake study in 18 units over the      You will undertake study in 6 or 12 modules
     you can discover more about safeguarding wildlife     kew and who took the title.                of the 5 core modules at the end of the unit.      2 years of the course and each unit has 4          over the years of the course. Each module has
                                                                                                                                                                                                            4 outcomes that are assessed in a range of
     habitats, dip into wetland management, branch out                                                Four written assignments are specified in all 10   outcomes that are assessed in a range of ways
                                                                                                                                                                                                            ways including written assignments, practical
                                                                                                      modules throughout the course.                     including written assignments, projects, surveys
     into tree care or learn how to promote countryside    Sam also reached the national finals                                                                                                             skill tests and an identification test. The mode
                                                                                                      Entry requirements                                 and practical work performance.
                                                           as one of the youngest students                                                                                                                  of assessment depends upon the outcome
     tourism. All in the scenic setting of the extensive                                              As well as a strong interest in the countryside    Entry requirements                                 required.
                                                           last year and the previous year Alex
     Broomfield Hall estate and the glorious                                                          and environment, you will need to demonstrate      As well as a strong interest in the countryside    Entry requirements
                                                                         Summers came second.         that you are able to read and write at Level 2.    and environment, you will need to demonstrate
     Derbyshire countryside.                                                                          Normally this means GCSEs at D and better.         that you are able to undertake a Level 3           You will need to demonstrate that you are able
                                                                                                      You will be assessed for suitability through       programme. Normally this means 4 GCSEs in          to undertake a Level 3 programme. Normally
                                                                           Horticulture team leader                                                                                                         this means 4 GCSEs in Maths, English and
                                                                                                      interview.                                         Maths, English and Science at C or better as
                                                                           Hugh Woolley explained:                                                       well as information obtained through interview.    Science at Grade C or better or an equivalent
                                                                                                      How much time will I spend on the                                                                     Level 2. You must be able to demonstrate
                                                                           “Although Sam did not      course?                                            How much time will I spend on the                  a mature attitude towards Health & Safety
                                                                           clinch the title, he did   3 - 4 days per week, 9:30am - 4:45pm.              course?                                            and the use of machinery and arboricultural
                                                                           extremely well and it                                                         4 days per week 9.30am - 4.45pm.                   equipment. You must also be prepared to work
                                                                                                      How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                            was great that a former   required?                                          How many hours of self-study will be               at heights. Candidates are interviewed and
                                                                                                                                                                                                            their climbing aptitude and ability to work at
                                                                            student of ours came      2 - 3 hours per week.                              required?
                                                                                                                                                                                                            heights is assessed at the start of the course.
                                                                            out on top.               How is the course delivered?                       4 - 6 hours per week.
                                                                                                                                                                                                            How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                      A mix of classroom-based learning, practical       How is the course delivered?                       course?
                                                                            “The competition is       countryside tasks, work experience and field       A mix of classroom-based learning, practical       3 - 4 days per week, 9:30am - 4:45pm.
                                                                            extremely tough,          trips.                                             countryside tasks, work experience and field
                                                                                                                                                         trips.                                             How many hours of self-study will be
                                                           particularly at regional and national      Who is this course suitable for?                                                                      required?
                                                                                                      Students wishing to learn more about working       Who is this course suitable for?
                                                           level as the competition is open to                                                                                                              4 - 6 hours per week.
                                                           land-based colleges, horticulture          in the countryside and how countryside works       Students wishing to learn more about working
                                                                                                      and who wish to pursue a career in this area.      in the countryside and how the countryside         How is the course delivered?
                                                           centres and any individual under the                                                          works and wish to pursue a career in this area.    A mix of classroom-based learning, practical
                                                                                                      What are the mandatory modules or
                                                           age of 30, including degree students       units?                                             What are the mandatory modules or                  arboricultural tasks, visits and field trips.
                                                           and plant experts.”                        Ecology; Habitat Management; Health and            units?                                             Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                      Safety and Threats to the Environment; Working     Investigative Project in the Countryside           Students wishing to learn more about working
                                                           Sam Turner (18)                            in the Environmental Sector and Estate Skills;     Management sector, Principles of Ecology,          in the arboriculture industry and who wish to
                                                                                                      Tools and Machinery.                               Land-based Estate, Construction Repair and         pursue a career in this area.
                                                           Arboriculture
                                                                                                      What are the additional modules or                 Maintenance Skills, Work-related experience in     What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                                      units?                                             the Countryside Management Sector.                 units?
                                                                                                      Trees and Woodlands; Water and Wetlands,           What are the additional modules or                 Principles of Plant and Soil Science.
                                                                                                      Agriculture and Conservation; Boundary             units?
                                                                                                                                                                                                            What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                      Habitats and Caring for Visitors to the            Physical and Biological Environment Processes,     units?
                                                                                                      Countryside. You will be given the opportunity     Principles of Plant and Soil Science, Land-based
                                                                                                      to develop your Key Skills. You will have your     Machinery Operations, Environmental Issues         1) Arboriculture - tree climbing, pruning and
                                                                                                      own Individual Learning Plan and gain a            and Policies, Greenwood Crafts, Countryside        dismantling 2) Arboriculture, tree felling and
                                                                                                      qualification entitled ‘Improving own learning     Tourism, Grassland Habitat Management,             chainsaw use 3) Tree surveys and reports 4)
                                                                                                      and performance’ as well as driving experience.    Farm Habitat Management, Freshwater                Tree identification, planting and care 5) Tree
                                                                                                                                                         and Wetland Management, Upland Habitat             pests and diseases. You will be given the
                                                                                                      What materials do I have to provide?                                                                  opportunity to develop your Functional Skills.
                                                                                                                                                         Management, Woodland Ecology, Forest and
                                                                                                      You will need appropriate clothing including       Woodland Management, Game Management               You will have your own individual learning
                                                                                                      safety boots, overalls and waterproof clothing.    in the UK, Archaeology and Landscape History.      plan. Additional modules may be available.
                                                                                                      Binoculars and identification books are useful.    You will be given the opportunity to develop       What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                      Are there any additional costs or                  your Functional Skills. You will have your own     You will need specialist protective clothing
                                                                                                      specialist equipment required?                     ‘Individual Learning Plan’ and gain additional     including safety boots, specialist helmet, gloves,
                                                                                                      Safety boots, gloves and outdoor clothing.         qualifications, which will be discussed with you   chain saw clothing. In addition you will need
                                                                                                                                                         at interview.                                      folders, stationery, pens etc.
                                                                                                      What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                                                                         What materials do I have to provide?               Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                      Students go on to do many things after the
                                                                                                      course. Some work for an employer using the        Appropriate protective waterproof clothing         specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                      skills and knowledge the course has given          including safety boots. Binoculars and             Specialist chainsaw clothing, helmet, gloves and
                                                                                                      them and some go on to work for themselves.        identification books are useful.                   safety boots. This will be discussed at interview
                                                                                                      There is potential for progression to a higher     Are there any additional costs or                  with you. A specialist company will come into
                                                                                                      level course such as the National Diploma          specialist equipment required?                     College during the first week to allow you to
                                                                                                      in Countryside Management or the National          Safety boots, gloves and outdoor clothing.         choose and buy your specialist equipment.
                                                                                                      Award in Arboriculture at Broomfield.                                                                 What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                                                                         What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                      What careers would this course be useful                                                              Continue by completing a National Certificate
                                                                                                      for?                                               Students do many things after the course,
                                                                                                                                                         including employment or self-employment            or Diploma. Work for an employer or become
                                                                                                      For starting a career working in countryside       using the skills and knowledge they have           self-employed using the skills and knowledge
                                                                                                      management and for organisations such as           gained, or progression to a higher level course    that the course gives. Progress to a higher
                                                                                                      National Parks, Water Authorities, National        such as a university degree.                       level course such as a diploma or degree at
                                                                                                      Trust etc.                                                                                            university.
                                                                                                                                                         What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                         for?                                               What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                                                                            for?
                                                                                                                                                         Working in countryside management and for
                                                                                                                                                         organisations such as National Parks, Water        For starting a career working in arboriculture,
                                                                                                                                                         Authorities, National Trust etc.                   forestry, horticulture or countryside.

64                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               65
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 ConsTruCTion

     coNSTrUcTIoN                                           coNSTrUcTIoN                                    Pathway to Skilled Work -
                                                                                                            Brickwork
                                                                                                                                                               Pathway to Skilled Work -
                                                                                                                                                               General Construction Operative
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Pathway to Skilled Work -
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Painting & Decorating




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      ConsTruCTion
     BuiLD a BETTEr FuTurE
                                                            cHALLENgE                                       LEVEL
                                                                                                            LOCATION
                                                                                                                       1
                                                                                                                       MASONS PLACE                  FLT
                                                                                                                                                               LEVEL
                                                                                                                                                               LOCATION
                                                                                                                                                                          1
                                                                                                                                                                          MASONS PLACE                  FLT
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  LEVEL
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  LOCATION
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             MASONS PLACE                   FLT
                                                                                                            YEARS      1                                       YEARS      1                                       YEARS      1
                                                            staff and students from Derby
     Want a firm foundation for a career in construction?                                                   Course Summary                                     Course Summary                                     Course Summary
                                                            College joined cricket legends
     Look no further than these practical and accessible                                                    This course is for those who are interested in     This course is for those who are interested in     This course is for those who are interested in
                                                            for a construction challenge at                 developing construction trade skills and gaining   developing construction trade skills and gaining   developing construction trade skills and gaining
     courses.                                               highway Cricket Club in Coventry.               an industrial vocational qualification.            an industrial vocational qualification.            an industrial vocational qualification.
                                                                                                            How will I be assessed?                            How will I be assessed?                            How will I be assessed?
     you can get to grips with all the skills you need      The construction students and                   Observation of practical work in College,          Observation of practical work in College,          Observation of practical work in college, written
     to gain recognised qualifications in fields such       lecturers built a barbeque, scorebox            written and computer-based knowledge tests,        written and computer-based knowledge tests,        and computer based knowledge tests, external
                                                                                                            external examinations and production of            external examinations and production of            examinations and production of portfolio
     as plumbing, painting and decorating, electrical       and brick benches at the cricket club           portfolio evidence. Real trade projects are        portfolio evidence. Real trade projects are        evidence. Real trade projects are undertaken
                                                            which was chosen by the sport’s                 undertaken and you will be assessed during this    undertaken and you will be assessed during this    and you will be assessed during this experience.
     installation, plastering, brickwork and joinery.       governing body to benefit from a                experience.                                        experience.                                        Entry requirements
                                                            make-over in time for the summer                Entry requirements                                 Entry requirements
     Studying construction could be your smartest move                                                                                                                                                            GCSE grade E or above in Maths and English
                                                            season as part of the NatWest                   GCSE grade E or above in Maths and English         GCSE grade E or above in Maths and English         or equivalent are desirable, although not
     yet - the industry is on the constant look-out for     cricketForce - a volunteering initiative        or equivalent are desirable, although not          or equivalent are desirable, although not          always required. A commitment to your
                                                                                                            always required. A commitment to your              always required. A commitment to your own          own learning and performance in a working
     creative, skilled workers and the rewards are high.    aimed at rejuvenating the nation’s              own learning and performance in a working          learning and performance in a working              environment is essential.
                                                                              cricketing facilities.        environment is essential.                          environment is essential.                          How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                            How much time will I spend on the                  How much time will I spend on the                  course?
     HE                                                                                                     course?                                            course?                                            3 days per week.
                                                                                They were helped            3 days per week.                                   3 days per week.                                   How many hours of self-study will be
     Progression routes available at                                            by World cup                How many hours of self-study will be               How many hours of self-study will be               required?
     Derby college include:                                                                                 required?                                          required?                                          Self study as instructed by tutor.
                                                                                winners Nicky Shaw
                                                                                 and Jenny gunn             Self study as instructed by tutor.                 Self study as instructed by tutor.                 How is the course delivered?
     • Foundation Degree in Construction                                                                    How is the course delivered?                       How is the course delivered?
                                                                                 as well as Ashley                                                                                                                Practical training in the workshop and
      Management                                                                 giles, Mike gatting        Practical training in the workshop and             Practical training in the workshop and             classroom-based learning.
                                                                                                            classroom-based learning.                          classroom-based learning.                          Who is this course suitable for?
     • HNC/HND Construction                                                       and members
                                                                                                            Who is this course suitable for?                   Who is this course suitable for?                   16 - 19-year-olds without previous experience
                                                                                  of Warwickshire
     • HNC/HND Civil Engineering                                                                            16 - 19-year-olds without previous experience      16-19-year-olds without previous experience        who are interested in learning a construction
                                                                                  cricket club who          who are interested in learning a construction      who are interested in learning a construction      craft.
                                                                                  ditched their bats        craft.                                             craft.                                             What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                   for brushes to give      What are the mandatory modules or                  What are the mandatory modules or                  units?
                                                                                   the pavilion a lick      units?                                             units?                                             Health and safety; Material recognition; Craft
                                                                                   of paint.                Health and safety; Material recognition; Craft     Health and safety; Material recognition; Craft     skills; Tools and equipment identification and
                                                                                                            skills; Tools and equipment identification and     skills; Tools and equipment identification and     use; Industrial knowledge.
                                                            Pictured: Martin Jones (L) and curtis Lingard   use; Industrial knowledge.                         use; Industrial knowledge.                         What are the additional modules or
                                                            (r).                                            What are the additional modules or                 What are the additional modules or                 units?
                                                                                                            units?                                             units?                                             Health and safety test - Key Skills.
                                                                                                            Health and safety test - Key Skills.               Health and safety test - Key Skills.               What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                            What materials do I have to provide?               What materials do I have to provide?               Stationery i.e. pens, pencils, ruler etc.
                                                                                                            Stationery i.e. pens, pencils, ruler etc.          Stationery i.e. pens, pencils, ruler etc.          Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                            Are there any additional costs or                  Are there any additional costs or                  specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                            specialist equipment required?                     specialist equipment required?                     Safety boots. Overalls are provided at a
                                                                                                            Safety boots. Overalls are provided at a           Safety boots. Overalls are provided at a           subsidised rate.
                                                                                                            subsidised rate.                                   subsidised rate.                                   What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                            What can I do after this course?                   What can I do after this course?                   Apprenticeship Level 2 (Programme-Led or
                                                                                                            Apprenticeship Level 2 (Programme-Led or           Apprenticeship Level 2 (Programme-Led or           direct employment).
                                                                                                            direct employment).                                direct employment).                                What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                            What careers would this course be useful           What careers would this course be useful           for?
                                                                                                            for?                                               for?                                               Painting and Decorating.
                                                                                                            Brickwork.                                         Construction and Civil Engineering Operatives.




66                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    67
                  ConsTruCTion                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         ConsTruCTion

               Pathway to Skilled Work -                          Pathway to Skilled Work - Wood                     Programme-Led Apprenticeship                     Programme-Led Apprenticeship Programme-Led Apprenticeship                                         Programme-Led Apprenticeship
               Plastering                                         Occupations                                        - Brickwork                                      - Construction & Civil Engineering - Painting & Decorating                                        - Plastering




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         ConsTruCTion
ConsTruCTion




               LEVEL      1
                                                        FLT
                                                                  LEVEL      1
                                                                                                           FLT
                                                                                                                     LEVEL      2                                     Operations                          LEVEL 2                                                       LEVEL      2
               LOCATION   MASONS PLACE                            LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE                          LOCATION   MASONS PLACE                                                                           LOCATION   MASONS PLACE                          LOCATION   MASONS PLACE
               YEARS      1                                       YEARS      1                                       YEARS      1                                     LEVEL      2                                     YEARS      1                                     YEARS      1
                                                                                                                                                                      LOCATION   MASONS PLACE
               Course Summary                                     Course Summary                                     Course Summary                                   YEARS      1                                     Course Summary                                   Course Summary
               This course is for those who are interested in     This course is for those who are interested in     This course is for those interested in           Course Summary                                   This course is for those interested in           This course is for those interested in
               developing construction trade skills and gaining   developing construction trade skills and gaining   construction and progressing from Level 1.       This course is for those interested in           construction and progressing from Level 1.       construction and progressing from Level 1.
               an industrial vocational qualification.            an industrial vocational qualification.            How will I be assessed?                          construction or civil engineering and            How will I be assessed?                          How will I be assessed?
               How will I be assessed?                            How will I be assessed?                            Observation of practical work in College and     progressing from Level 1.                        Observation of practical work in College and     Observation of practical work in College and
               Observation of practical work in College,          Observation of practical work in College,          in the workplace, written and computer-based     How will I be assessed?                          in the workplace, written and computer-based     in the workplace, written and computer-based
               written and computer-based knowledge tests,        written and computer-based knowledge tests,        knowledge tests, external examinations.          Observation of practical work in College and     knowledge tests, external examinations.          knowledge tests, external examinations.
               external examinations and production of            external examinations and production of            Entry requirements                               in the workplace, written and computer-based     Entry requirements                               Entry requirements
               portfolio evidence. Real trade projects are        portfolio evidence. Real trade projects are                                                         knowledge tests, external examinations.
               undertaken and you will be assessed during this    undertaken and you will be assessed during this    Level 1 qualification in relevant craft                                                           Level 1 qualification in relevant craft          Level 1 qualification in relevant craft
               experience.                                        experience.                                        occupation.                                      Entry requirements                               occupation.                                      occupation.
               Entry requirements                                 Entry requirements                                 How much time will I spend on the                General Construction Operative Level 1           How much time will I spend on the                How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                                     course?                                          qualification.                                   course?                                          course?
               GCSE grade E or above in Maths and English         GCSE grade E or above in Maths and English
               or equivalent are desirable, although not          or equivalent are desirable, although not          3 days per week.                                 How much time will I spend on the                3 days per week.                                 3 days per week.
               always required. A commitment to your              always required. A commitment to your              How many hours of self-study will be             course?                                          How many hours of self-study will be             How many hours of self-study will be
               own learning and performance in a working          own learning and performance in a working          required?                                        3 days per week.                                 required?                                        required?
               environment is essential.                          environment is essential.                          Self study instructed by tutor.                  How many hours of self-study will be             Self study instructed by tutor.                  Self study instructed by tutor.
               How much time will I spend on the                  How much time will I spend on the                  How is the course delivered?                     required?                                        How is the course delivered?                     How is the course delivered?
               course?                                            course?                                                                                             Self study instructed by tutor.
                                                                                                                     Practical training in the workshop and                                                            Practical training in the workshop and           Practical training in the workshop and
               3 days per week.                                   3 days per week.                                   classroom-based learning.                        How is the course delivered?                     classroom based learning.                        classroom based learning.
               How many hours of self-study will be               How many hours of self-study will be               Who is this course suitable for?                 Practical training in the workshop and           Who is this course suitable for?                 Who is this course suitable for?
               required?                                          required?                                                                                           classroom-based learning.
                                                                                                                     Those interested in learning a construction                                                       Those interested in learning a construction      Those interested in learning a construction
               Self study as instructed by tutor.                 Self study as instructed by tutor.                 trade, particularly those progressing from NVQ   Who is this course suitable for?                 trade, particularly those progressing from NVQ   trade, particularly those progressing from NVQ
               How is the course delivered?                       How is the course delivered?                       Level 1.                                         Those interested in learning a construction      Level 1.                                         Level 1.
               Practical training in the workshop and             Practical training in the workshop and             What are the mandatory modules or                trade, particularly those progressing from NVQ   What are the mandatory modules or                What are the mandatory modules or
               classroom-based learning.                          classroom based learning.                          units?                                           Level 1.                                         units?                                           units?
               Who is this course suitable for?                   Who is this course suitable for?                   Health and safety; Material recognition; Craft   What are the mandatory modules or                Health and safety; Material recognition; Craft   Health and safety; Material recognition; Craft
               16 - 19-year-olds without previous experience      16 - 19-year-olds without previous experience      skills; Tools and equipment identification and   units?                                           skills; Tools and equipment identification and   skills; Tools and equipment identification and
               who are interested in learning a construction      who are interested in learning a construction      use; Industrial knowledge.                       Health and safety; Material recognition; Craft   use; Industrial knowledge.                       use; Industrial knowledge.
               craft.                                             craft.                                             What are the additional modules or               skills; Tools and equipment identification and   What are the additional modules or               What are the additional modules or
               What are the mandatory modules or                  What are the mandatory modules or                  units?                                           use; Industrial knowledge.                       units?                                           units?
               units?                                             units?                                             Health and safety; Key Skills; Employment        What are the additional modules or               Health and safety; Key Skills; Employment        Health and Safety; Key Skills; Employment
               Health and safety; Material recognition; Craft     Health and safety; Material recognition; Craft     Rights and Responsibilities.                     units?                                           Rights and Responsibilities.                     Rights and Responsibilities.
               skills; Tools and equipment identification and     skills; Tools and equipment identification and     What materials do I have to provide?             Health and safety; Key Skills; Employment        What materials do I have to provide?             What materials do I have to provide?
               use; Industrial knowledge.                         use; Industrial knowledge.                         Stationery i.e pens, pencil, ruler etc.          Rights and Responsibilities.                     Stationery i.e pens, pencil, ruler etc.          Stationery i.e pens, pencil, ruler etc.
               What are the additional modules or                 What are the additional modules or                 Are there any additional costs or                What materials do I have to provide?             Are there any additional costs or                Are there any additional costs or
               units?                                             units?                                             specialist equipment required?                   Stationery i.e pens, pencil, ruler etc.          specialist equipment required?                   specialist equipment required?
               Health and safety test - Key Skills.               Health and safety test - Key Skills.               Safety boots. Overalls are provided at a         Are there any additional costs or                Safety boots. Overalls are provided at a         Safety boots. Overalls are provided at a
               What materials do I have to provide?               What materials do I have to provide?               subsidised rate.                                 specialist equipment required?                   subsidised rate.                                 subsidised rate.
               Stationery i.e. pens, pencils, ruler etc.          Stationery i.e. pens, pencils, ruler etc.          What can I do after this course?                 Safety boots. Overalls are provided at a         What can I do after this course?                 What can I do after this course?
               Are there any additional costs or                  Are there any additional costs or                  Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3).               subsidised rate.                                 Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3).               Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3).
               specialist equipment required?                     specialist equipment required?                     What careers would this course be useful         What can I do after this course?                 What careers would this course be useful         What careers would this course be useful
               Safety boots. Overalls are provided at a           Safety boots. Overalls are provided at a           for?                                             Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3).               for?                                             for?
               subsidised rate.                                   subsidised rate.                                   Construction Craft Operative.                    What careers would this course be useful         Construction Craft Operative.                    Construction Craft Operative.
               What can I do after this course?                   What can I do after this course?                                                                    for?
               Apprenticeship Level 2 (Programme-Led or           Apprenticeship Level 2 (Programme-Led or                                                            Construction or Civil Engineering Operative.
               direct employment).                                direct employment).
               What careers would this course be useful           What careers would this course be useful
               for?                                               for?
               Plastering.                                        Wood Occupations.                                                                                                                                                                                     CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE




               CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE




 68                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      69
                  ConsTruCTion                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       ConsTruCTion

               Programme-Led Apprenticeship                     NVQ 2 PEO/Certificate in Electro                       Certificate in Plumbing 6129                        BTEC National Certificate in                          BTEC National Certificate in Civil                   BTEC National Certificate in
               - Wood Occupations                               Technology                                                                                                 Building Services                                     Engineering                                          Construction




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            ConsTruCTion
ConsTruCTion



                                                                                                                       LEVEL      2
                                                                                                                       LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE
               LEVEL      2                                     LEVEL      2                                           YEARS      1                                        LEVEL      3                                          LEVEL      3                                         LEVEL      3
               LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE                        LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE                                                                                  LOCATION   PRINCE CHARLES AVENUE                      LOCATION   PRINCE CHARLES AVENUE                     LOCATION   PRINCE CHARLES AVENUE
               YEARS      1                                     YEARS      1                                           Course Summary                                      YEARS      2                                          YEARS      2                                         YEARS      2

               Course Summary                                   Course Summary                                         This programme provides the opportunity             Course Summary                                        Course Summary                                       Course Summary
               This course is for those interested in           This programme is designed to provide a                to gain in-depth knowledge and skills in the        This programme is designed for potential              This programme is designed for potential             This programme is designed for potential
               construction and progressing from Level 1.       foundation for students wishing to build a             plumbing trade. This course is designed             technicians/professionals in Building Services        technicians/professionals in Civil Engineering.      technicians/professionals within construction.
                                                                career within the Electrical Installation field.       for students who are committed and wish to          Engineering Management.
               How will I be assessed?                                                                                 advance in the plumbing industry. It’s for                                                                How will I be assessed?                              How will I be assessed?
                                                                The programme includes the City & Guilds                                                                   How will I be assessed?
               Observation of practical work in College and     2330 Level 2 Electrotechnical Certificate and          both independent and employed students. It                                                                The course consists of 12 units and each             The course consists of 12 units and each
               in the workplace, written and computer-based     NVQ 2 Performing Engineering Operations                includes in-depth theory and specialist practical   The course consists of 12 units and each              of these units is assessed through written           of these units is assessed through written
               knowledge tests, external examinations.          (Electrical).                                          learning.                                           of these units is assessed through written            assessments or observation of practical tasks.       assessments or observation of practical tasks.
               Entry requirements                                                                                      How will I be assessed?                             assessments or observations.                          Entry requirements                                   Entry requirements
                                                                How will I be assessed?
               Level 1 qualification in relevant craft                                                                 Observation on practical exercises, essential       Entry requirements                                    GCSE grades A-C or NVQ Level 3 or BTEC First         Four GCSEs grades A-C or NVQ Level 3 or
                                                                The underpinning assessments are multiple
               occupation.                                      choice on-line examinations set by the City            knowledge tests and on-line tests.                  Four GCSEs grades A-C, BTEC First Diploma or          Diploma. Entry is also possible for students         BTEC First Diploma. Entry is also possible for
               How much time will I spend on the                & Guilds and internally assessed practical             Entry requirements                                  NVQ Level 3. Entry is also possible for students      with relevant industrial experience.                 students with relevant industrial experience.
               course?                                          examinations and workbooks.                                                                                with relevant industrial experience.                  How much time will I spend on the                    How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                                       Interview and aptitude test and evidence of
               3 days per week.                                 Entry requirements                                     Level 2 qualifications e.g. A-C GCSEs.              How much time will I spend on the                     course?                                              course?
                                                                                                                                                                           course?                                               One day per week.                                    One day per week.
               How many hours of self-study will be             No previous knowledge of the electrical                How much time will I spend on the
               required?                                        engineering industry is required. However,             course?                                             One day per week.                                     How many hours of self-study will be                 How many hours of self-study will be
               Self study instructed by tutor.                  GCSE A-C grades in Maths, English and                  3 days per week.                                    How many hours of self-study will be                  required?                                            required?
                                                                Science and an interview are required.                                                                     required?                                             Approximately four hours per week.                   Approximately four hours per week.
               How is the course delivered?                                                                            How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                How much time will I spend on the                      required?                                           Approximately four hours per week.                    How is the course delivered?                         How is the course delivered?
               Practical training in the workshop and           course?
               classroom-based learning.                                                                               2 hours per week.                                   How is the course delivered?                          The course generally consists of classroom-          The course generally consists of classroom-
                                                                21 hours per week.                                                                                         The course generally consists of classroom-           based learning, with practical exercises             based learning, with practical exercises
               Who is this course suitable for?                                                                        How is the course delivered?
                                                                How many hours of self-study will be                                                                       based learning, with practical exercises              included as the units of study require. Site         included as the units of study require. Site visits
               Those interested in learning a construction      required?                                              Practical training in workshop and classroom-       included as the units of study require. Site visits   visits will also be included. There is also          will also be included. There is also considerable
               trade, particularly those progressing from NVQ                                                          based learning.                                     will also be included. There is also considerable     considerable use of ILT and some group work          use of ILT and some group work will be
               Level 1.                                         2 hours revision.
                                                                                                                       Who is this course suitable for?                    use of ILT and some group work will be                will be required.                                    required.
               What are the mandatory modules or                How is the course delivered?                                                                               required.
                                                                                                                       Students wishing to advance in the plumbing                                                               Who is this course suitable for?                     Who is this course suitable for?
               units?                                           Practical workshop and classroom studies.              industry.                                           Who is this course suitable for?                      Students wishing to pursue a career in               Students wishing to pursue a career in
               Health and safety; Material recognition; Craft   Who is this course suitable for?                       What are the mandatory modules or                   Students wishing to pursue a career in Building       technical/professional Civil Engineering             technical/professional construction or who
               skills; Tools and equipment identification and   Students wishing for a career in Electrical            units?                                              Services Engineering or who wish to broaden           Construction or who wish to broaden their            wish to broaden their general construction/civil
               use; Industrial knowledge.                       Installation.                                                                                              their general Building Services Engineering           general Civil Engineering knowledge.                 engineering knowledge.
                                                                                                                       Safety; Key principles; Common plumbing
               What are the additional modules or               What are the mandatory modules or                      processes; Cold water systems; Domestic             knowledge.                                            What are the mandatory modules or                    What are the mandatory modules or
               units?                                           units?                                                 hot water systems; Sanitation systems;              What are the mandatory modules or                     units?                                               units?
               Health and Safety; Key Skills; Employment        Unit 201- Working effectively and safely in            Central heating systems (Pipework only);            units?                                                The student will study a 12-unit programme           The student will study a 12-unit programme
               Rights and Responsibilities.                     an electro technical environment, Unit 202             Electrical supply and earthy continuity; Sheet      The student will study a 12-unit programme            which consists of BTEC specified units and           which consists of BTEC specified units and
               What materials do I have to provide?             - Principles of electro technology; Unit 203 -         weatherings; Environmental awareness;               which consists of BTEC specified units and            course specific optional units.                      course specific optional units.
                                                                Application of health and safety and electrical        Effective working relationships.                    course specific optional units.
               Stationery i.e pens, pencil, ruler etc.                                                                                                                                                                           What are the additional modules or                   What are the additional modules or
                                                                principles; Unit 204 - Installation (Building          What are the additional modules or                  What are the additional modules or                    units?                                               units?
               Are there any additional costs or                Structures) plus NVQ Units and Key Skills and          units?
               specialist equipment required?                                                                                                                              units?                                                N/A                                                  N/A
                                                                Performing Engineering Operations 6 Units.             Gola Test, Key Skills.
               Safety boots. Overalls are provided at a                                                                                                                    N/A                                                   What materials do I have to provide?                 What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                What are the additional modules or                     What materials do I have to provide?
               subsidised rate.                                 units?                                                                                                     What materials do I have to provide?                  Students will be expected to have the required       Students will be expected to have the required
               What can I do after this course?                                                                        Stationery i.e. pens, pencil, ruler, etc.           Students will be expected to have the required        drawing equipment (set squares and pencils/          drawing equipment (set squares and pencils/
                                                                N/A
               Advanced Apprenticeship (Level 3).                                                                      Are there any additional costs or                   drawing equipment (set squares and pencils/           pens), a scale rule, a scientific calculator and a   pens), a scale rule, a scientific calculator and a
                                                                What materials do I have to provide?                   specialist equipment required?                      pens), a scale rule, a scientific calculator and a    normal range of stationery. Safety boots should      normal range of stationery. Safety boots should
               What careers would this course be useful         Stationery i.e. pens, paper, ruler, calculator, etc.                                                       normal range of stationery. Safety boots should       be purchased for any site visits undertaken.         be purchased for any site visits undertaken.
               for?                                                                                                    Safety boots and overalls.
                                                                Are there any additional costs or                                                                          be purchased for any site visits undertaken.          Are there any additional costs or                    Are there any additional costs or
               Construction Craft Operative.                                                                           What can I do after this course?
                                                                specialist equipment required?                                                                             Are there any additional costs or                     specialist equipment required?                       specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                                       Progress to NVQ Level 3 or National Diploma         specialist equipment required?
                                                                Safety boots and overalls.                             in Construction or Civil Engineering.                                                                     A book list will be provided at the beginning of     A book list will be provided at the beginning of
                                                                What can I do after this course?                                                                           A book list will be provided at the beginning of      the academic year and students may wish to           the academic year and students may wish to
                                                                                                                       What careers would this course be useful            the academic year and students may wish to            purchase books from this as appropriate.             purchase books from this as appropriate.
                                                                The City & Guilds Level 3 programme.                   for?                                                purchase books from this as appropriate.              What can I do after this course?                     What can I do after this course?
                                                                What careers would this course be useful               Plumbing and Gas.                                   What can I do after this course?
                                                                for?                                                                                                                                                             The course allows for progression to the             The course allows for progression to the
                                                                                                                                                                           The course allows for progression to the              appropriate HNC/HND, Foundation Degree               appropriate HNC/HND, Foundation Degree
                                                                Electrician.                                                                                               appropriate HNC/HND, Foundation Degree                or full degree, dependent on the final grade         or full degree course, dependent on the final
                                                                                                                                                                           or full degree course, dependent on the final         achieved by the student.                             grade achieved by the student.
                                                                                                                                                                           grade achieved by the student.                        What careers would this course be useful             What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                                           What careers would this course be useful              for?                                                 for?
                                                                                                                                                                           for?                                                  A career in any one of the technical/                A career in any one of the technical/
                                                                                                                                                                           A career in Building Services Engineering.            professional aspects of Civil Engineering            professional aspects of construction, e.g.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Construction, e.g. Surveyor, Civil Engineer,         Architect, Quantity Surveyor, Estimator, Site
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Structural Engineer, Site Manager.                   Manager.




 70                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         71
                  ConsTruCTion                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       ConsTruCTion

               BTEC National Diploma in                             BTEC National Diploma in Civil                        BTEC National Diploma in                                     Apprenticeship Electrical                            Apprenticeship in                                  Apprenticeship Painting &
               Building Services                                    Engineering                                           Construction
                                                                                                                                                                                 A     Installation Level 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      A     Mechanical Engineering
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         A     Decorating Level 2




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              ConsTruCTion
ConsTruCTion




               LEVEL      3                                         LEVEL      3                                          LEVEL      3                                                                                                      Services (Plumbing) Level 2
               LOCATION   PRINCE CHARLES AVENUE                     LOCATION   PRINCE CHARLES AVENUE                      LOCATION   PRINCE CHARLES AVENUE
               YEARS      2                                         YEARS      2                                          YEARS      2                                          Course Summary                                                                                          Course Summary
               Course Summary                                       Course Summary                                        Course Summary                                        For those employed in the electrical industry,       Course Summary                                     NVQ courses are for 16-25-year-olds who are
               This programme is designed for potential             This programme is designed for potential              This programme is designed for potential              two routes exist to become a qualified               NVQs are for people currently employed in          seriously interested in entering the construction
               technicians/professionals in Building Services.      technicians/professionals in Civil Engineering.       technicians/professionals in Construction.            electrician: Electrical Apprentice C&G 2330          the construction industry. You will be expected    trade at industry level. You must be in secure
                                                                                                                                                                                Electrotechnical certificate and NVQ 3 including     to develop competence in the workplace and         suitable employment with a Painting and
               How will I be assessed?                              How will I be assessed?                               How will I be assessed?                               AM2 full framework. Those already holding                                                               Decorating company and we will be pleased to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     College, developing practical skills and job
               The course consists of 18 units and each             The course consists of 18 units and each              The course consists of 18 units and each              the technical certificate who need the NVQ 3 to      knowledge.                                         offer advice on approaching employers.
               of these units is assessed through written           of these units is assessed through written            of these units are assessed through written           gain JIB grading can do the NVQ and AM2 as                                                              How will I be assessed?
               assessments or observation of practical tasks.       assessments or observation of practical tasks.        assessments or observation of practical tasks.        a stand-alone course.                                How will I be assessed?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Observations whilst carrying out practical         Observation of practical work in College and
               Entry requirements                                   Entry requirements                                    Entry requirements                                    How will I be assessed?                                                                                 in the workplace, written and computer-based
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     workshop tasks and on-line tests.
               GCSEs grades A-C or NVQ Level 3 or BTEC              GCSEs grades A-C or NVQ Level 3 or BTEC               Four GCSEs grades A-C or NVQ Level 3 or               Assessment of Electrotechnical certificate                                                              knowledge tests, external examinations and
               First Diploma. Entry onto the course is possible     First Diploma. Entry onto the course is possible      BTEC First Diploma. Entry onto the course is          C&G 2330 is by a combination of practical            Entry requirements                                 production of portfolio evidence.
               for students with relevant industrial experience.    for students with relevant industrial experience.     possible for students with relevant industrial        knowledge used in workshop activities and            GCSE grades C and above, but previous              Entry requirements
               How much time will I spend on the                    How much time will I spend on the                     experience.                                           Level 2 and 3 end practical assessment,              experience is considered.
                                                                                                                                                                                together with on-line multiple choice theory                                                            GCSE Maths and English at grade E or above
               course?                                              course?                                               How much time will I spend on the                                                                          How much time will I spend on the                  (or equivalent) are desirable, although they
                                                                                                                          course?                                               exams. The course is 1 - 2 days per week. The        course?
               2 - 2.5 days per week.                               2 - 2.5 days per week.                                                                                      NVQ is a portfolio of evidence compiled from                                                            are not always required. A commitment to
               How many hours of self-study will be                 How many hours of self-study will be                  2 - 2.5 days per week.                                your normal work activities assessed on site         1 - 2 days per week.                               developing your own learning and performance
               required?                                            required?                                             How many hours of self-study will be                  with full support from Derby College.                How many hours of self-study will be               in a Painting and Decorating working
                                                                                                                          required?                                                                                                  required?                                          environment is essential.
               Approximately four hours per week.                   Approximately four hours per week.                                                                          Entry requirements
                                                                                                                          Approximately four hours per week.                                                                         2 hours per week.                                  How much time will I spend on the
               How is the course delivered?                         How is the course delivered?                                                                                To be eligible for entry to the Electrotechnical                                                        course?
               The course generally consists of classroom-          The course generally consists of classroom-           How is the course delivered?                          certificate, you should possess at least 3           How is the course delivered?
                                                                                                                                                                                GCSE C grades with one in Maths and one in                                                              1 day per week.
               based learning, with practical exercises             based learning, with practical exercises              The course generally consists of classroom-                                                                Practical training in the workshop and
               included as the units of study require. Site         included as the units of study require. Site visits   based learning, with practical exercises              a Science subject and in English. The NVQ            classroom-based learning.                          How many hours of self-study will be
               visits will also be included. There is also          will also be included. There is also considerable     included as the units of study require. Site visits   requires employment in a suitable part of the                                                           required?
                                                                                                                                                                                electrical industry covering a range of skills for   Who is this course suitable for?
               considerable use of ILT and some group work          use of ILT and some group work will be                will also be included. There is also considerable                                                                                                             Self study as instructed by tutor.
               will be required.                                    required.                                             use of ILT and some group work will be                the Apprenticeship.                                  Students currently employed in the plumbing
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     industry wishing to learn and extend their         How is the course delivered?
               Who is this course suitable for?                     Who is this course suitable for?                      required.                                             How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                                                                                                course?                                              knowledge of the plumbing trade.                   Practical training and classroom-based
               Students wishing to pursue a career in               Students wishing to pursue a career in                Who is this course suitable for?                                                                                                                              learning.
                                                                                                                                                                                6 hours a day, 1 day per week for the                What are the mandatory modules or
               technical/professional Civil Engineering             technical/professional Civil Engineering              Students wishing to pursue a career in                                                                     units?                                             Who is this course suitable for?
               Construction or who wish to broaden their            Construction or who wish to broaden their             technical/professional Construction or who wish       Electrotechnical certificate, with the NVQ started
               general Civil Engineering knowledge.                 general Civil Engineering knowledge.                  to broaden their general Construction/Civil           in year 3 and NVQ assessed on site during            Safety; Key principles; Common plumbing            16-25-year-olds interested in learning
                                                                                                                          Engineering knowledge.                                your normal working hours.                           processes; Cold water systems, Sanitation          a construction trade, particularly those
               What are the mandatory modules or                    What are the mandatory modules or                                                                                                                                systems; Central heating systems (pipework         progressing from NVQ Level 1 or Foundation
               units?                                               units?                                                What are the mandatory modules or                     How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                                                                                                                                required?                                            only); Electrical supply and earth continuity;     Construction Awards.
               The student will study an 18-unit programme          The student will study an 18-unit programme           units?                                                                                                     Sheet weatherings; Environmental awareness;
                                                                                                                                                                                2 - 3 hours per week.                                                                                   What are the mandatory modules or
               which consists of BTEC specified units and           which consists of BTEC specified units and            The student will study an 18-unit programme                                                                Effective working relationships; Employer Rights   units?
               course specific optional units.                      course specific optional units.                       which consists of BTEC specified units and            How is the course delivered?                         and Responsibilities.
                                                                                                                          course specific optional units.                                                                                                                               Health and Safety, Workplace Efficiency, Access
               What are the additional modules or                   What are the additional modules or                                                                          Technical certificate is delivered and assessed      What are the additional modules or                 Equipment, Painting, Wallpaper Hanging,
               units?                                               units?                                                What are the additional modules or                    in both classroom and workshop. NVQ is               units?                                             Decorative Techniques and Employer Rights and
               Key Skills.                                          Key Skills.                                           units?                                                assessed on site at your place of work.              Key Skills.                                        Responsibilities.
               What materials do I have to provide?                 What materials do I have to provide?                  Key Skills.                                           Who is this course suitable for?                     What materials do I have to provide?               What are the additional modules or
               Students will be expected to have the required       Students will be expected to have the required        What materials do I have to provide?                  For people interested in a career as an              Stationery i.e pens, pencil, ruler etc.            units?
               drawing equipment (set squares and pencils,          drawing equipment (set squares and pencils,           Students will be expected to have the required        installation electrician and who are employed in                                                        Optional units must be agreed with programme
                                                                                                                                                                                the electrotechnical industry.                       Are there any additional costs or
               pens), a scale rule, a scientific calculator and a   pens), a scale rule, a scientific calculator and a    drawing equipment (set squares and pencils/                                                                specialist equipment required?                     team leader, Key Skills.
               normal range of stationery. Safety boots should      normal range of stationery. Safety boots should       pens), a scale rule, a scientific calculator and a    What are the mandatory modules or                                                                       What materials do I have to provide?
               be purchased for any site visits.                    be purchased for any site visits.                     normal range of stationery. Safety boots should       units?                                               Safety boots and overalls.
                                                                                                                          be purchased for any site visits undertaken.                                                               What can I do after this course?                   Stationery i.e. pens, pencils, ruler, etc.
               Are there any additional costs or                    Are there any additional costs or                                                                           Electrotechnical - 4 units: H&S, 2 Science units
               specialist equipment required?                       specialist equipment required?                        Are there any additional costs or                     and a craft unit. 2 Practical tests. 8 Modules       NVQ Level 3.                                       Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                                          specialist equipment required?                        for the NVQ plus AM2 (PPA unit).                                                                        specialist equipment required?
               A book list will be provided at the beginning of     A book list will be provided at the beginning of                                                                                                                 What careers would this course be useful
               the academic year and students may wish to           the academic year and students may wish to            A book list will be provided at the beginning of      What are the additional modules or                   for?                                               Safety boots. Overalls are provided at a
               purchase books from this as appropriate.             purchase books from this as appropriate.              the academic year and students may wish to            units?                                                                                                  subsidised rate.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Plumbing and Gas.
               What can I do after this course?                     What can I do after this course?                      purchase books from this as appropriate.              Entrants at Level 2 may be required to do                                                               What can I do after this course?
               The course allows for progression to the             The course allows for progression onto the            What can I do after this course?                      Key Skills, unless you have appropriate GCSE                                                            Progression to NVQ 3 and Advance
               appropriate HNC/HND, Foundation Degree               appropriate HNC/HND, Foundation Degree or             The course allows for progression to the              grades C or above.                                                                                      Construction Award (ACA) is available,
               or full degree course, dependent on the final        full degree course dependant on the final grade       appropriate HNC/HND, Foundation Degree                What materials do I have to provide?                                                                    conditional on good achievement at Level 2
               grade achieved by the student.                       achieved by the student.                              or full degree course, dependent on the final                                                                                                                 and appropriate support from your employer.
                                                                                                                                                                                Stationery, work boots and overalls.                                                                    Diversification to construction professional
               What careers would this course be useful             What careers would this course be useful              grade achieved by student.
                                                                                                                                                                                Are there any additional costs or                                                                       studies is also possible, if you satisfy the course
               for?                                                 for?                                                  What careers would this course be useful              specialist equipment required?                                                                          entry criteria.
               A career in any one of the technical/                A career in any one of the technical/                 for?
                                                                                                                                                                                Specialised electrical tools as you progress                                                            What careers would this course be useful
               professional aspects of Civil Engineering            professional aspects of Civil Engineering             A career in any one of the technical/                 through the course, dependent on which area                                                             for?
               Construction, e.g. Surveyor, Civil Engineer,         Construction, e.g. Surveyor, Civil Engineer,          professional aspects of Construction, e.g.            of the industry you are working in.
               Structural Engineer, Site Manager.                   Structural Engineer, Site Manager.                    Architect, Quantity Surveyor, Estimator, Site                                                                                                                 Painting and Decorating.
                                                                                                                          Manager.                                              What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                                                                                                JIB registration, wiring regulations course and
                                                                                                                                                                                inspection and testing.
                                                                                                                                                                                What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                                                for?
                                                                                                                                                                                Qualified Electrician, Apprentice Electrician.




 72                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           73
                  ConsTruCTion                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     ConsTruCTion

                      Apprenticeship in                                      Apprenticeship in Trowel                              Apprenticeship in Wood                              Advanced Apprenticeship                              Advanced Apprenticeship                           Advanced Apprenticeship
                A     Plastering Level 2
                                                                      A      Occupations Level 2
                                                                                                                             A     Occupations Level 2
                                                                                                                                                                                 A     Construction (Technician)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      A     Mechanical Engineering
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        A     Painting & Decorating




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           ConsTruCTion
ConsTruCTion




                                                                                                                                                                                       Level 3                                              Services (Plumbing) Level 3                       Level 3
               Course Summary                                        Course Summary                                         Course Summary
               Apprenticeship courses are for those who are          This course covers six units that consist of           This course is for 16-25-year-olds interested in    Course Summary                                       Course Summary                                    Course Summary
               seriously interested in entering the construction     assisting with the organisation of resources,          entering the construction industry.                 This programme is designed for potential             NVQs are for people currently employed in         NVQ 3 courses are for 18-25-year-olds
               trade at craft level. You must be in secure           contributing to the progress of operations,            How will I be assessed?                             technicians/professionals employed within the        the construction industry. You will be expected   who are seriously interested in developing a
               suitable employment with a Plastering company         establishing the occupational area, building                                                               Construction or Civil Engineering sectors.           to develop competence in the workplace and        supervisory career in the trade.
               and we will be pleased to offer advice on             complex masonry details and producing                  Observation of practical work in College and
                                                                                                                            in the workplace, written and computer based        How will I be assessed?                              College, developing practical skills and job      How will I be assessed?
               approaching employers.                                complex templates for construction aids.                                                                                                                        knowledge.
                                                                     Additional on site assessment is required to           knowledge tests, external examinations and          College-based work is assessed through written                                                         Observation of practical work in College and
               How will I be assessed?                                                                                      production of portfolio evidence.                                                                        How will I be assessed?
                                                                     complete NVQ Level 2 for these units.                                                                      assessments or observation of practical tasks,                                                         in the workplace, written and computer-based
               Observation of practical work in College and                                                                 Entry requirements?                                 with work-based assessment taking place within       Observations in the workplace and workshop,       knowledge tests, external examinations and
               in the workplace, written and computer-based          How will I be assessed?
                                                                                                                            GCSE grade E or above in Maths and English          the workplace.                                       plus on-line tests.                               production of portfolio evidence.
               knowledge tests, external examinations and            40% Theory 60% Practical. On site assessment
               production of portfolio evidence.                     for NVQ Level 2.                                       or equivalent.                                      Entry requirements                                   Entry requirements                                Entry requirements
               Entry requirements                                    Entry requirements                                     How much time will I spend on the                   4 GCSEs grades A-C or NVQ Level 3 or BTEC            NVQ Level 2 in Plumbing.                          NVQ 2 and ICA in Painting and Decorating
                                                                                                                            course?                                             First Diploma. Entry onto the course is possible     How much time will I spend on the                 and GCSE Maths and English at grade C or
               GCSE Maths and English at grade E or above            Interview and aptitude test are required.                                                                  for students with relevant industrial experience.                                                      above (or equivalent) are desirable, although
               (or equivalent) are desirable, although they                                                                 1 - 2 days per week.                                                                                     course?
                                                                     How much time will I spend on the                                                                          How much time will I spend on the                                                                      they are not always required. A commitment to
               are not always required. A commitment to              course?                                                How many hours of self-study will be                                                                     1 - 2 days per week.                              developing your own learning and performance
               developing your own learning and performance                                                                 required?                                           course?
                                                                     1 day a week.                                                                                                                                                   How many hours of self-study will be              in a Painting and Decorating working
               in a Plastering working environment is essential.                                                            Self study as instructed by tutor or assessor.      1 day per week.                                      required?                                         environment is essential.
               How much time will I spend on the                     How many hours of self-study will be                                                                       How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                     required?                                              How is the course delivered?                                                                             2 hours per week.                                 How much time will I spend on the
               course?                                                                                                                                                          required?                                                                                              course?
                                                                     2 hours homework per week.                             Practical training in the workshop and                                                                   How is the course delivered?
               1 day per week.                                                                                              classroom-based learning.                           Several hours per week.                                                                                One day per week.
                                                                     How is the course delivered?                                                                                                                                    Practical training in the workshop and
               How many hours of self-study will be                                                                         Who is this course suitable for?                    How is the course delivered?                         classroom-based learning.                         How many hours of self-study will be
               required?                                             A mix of workshop and classroom-based                                                                      The course generally consists of classroom-                                                            required?
                                                                     learning plus field trips and use of College           16-25-year-olds interested in learning a                                                                 Who is this course suitable for?
               Self study as instructed by tutor.                                                                           construction trade.                                 based learning, with practical exercises                                                               Self study as instructed by tutor.
                                                                     resources e.g IT suite. Plus on site assessments                                                           included as the units of study required. There       Students currently employed in the plumbing
               How is the course delivered?                          for NVQ Level 2.                                       What are the mandatory modules or                                                                        industry wishing to progress from Level 2 and     How is the course delivered?
                                                                                                                                                                                is also considerable use of ILT and some group
               Practical training and classroom-based                Who is this course suitable for?                       units?                                              work will be required.                               gain further knowledge.                           Practical training in the workshop and
               learning.                                                                                                    Health and Safety, Workplace Efficiency, Access                                                          What are the mandatory modules or                 classroom-based learning.
                                                                     Students wishing to learn more about                                                                       Who is this course suitable for?
               Who is this course suitable for?                      Brickwork, particularly construction site              Equipment, First Fix, Second Fix, Carcassing                                                             units?                                            Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                                            and Power Tools, Employer Rights and                Students wishing to pursue a career in
               Those interested in learning a construction           management, or wishing to pursue a career in                                                               technical/professional construction or who wish      Maintain the safe working environment             18-25-year-olds with a Level 2 apprenticeship
               trade, particularly those progressing from NVQ        a particular area.                                     Responsibilities.                                                                                        when undertaking complex plumbing work
                                                                                                                                                                                to broaden their general Construction/Civil                                                            qualification, who would like to extend
               Level 1 or Foundation Construction Awards.            What are the mandatory modules or                      What are the additional modules or                  Engineering knowledge.                               activities; Maintain effective plumbing working   their trade experience into a supervisory or
               What are the mandatory modules or                     units?                                                 units?                                                                                                   relationships; Contribute to the improvement of   management role.
                                                                                                                                                                                What are the mandatory modules or                    plumbing products and services; Install complex
               units?                                                Assisting with the organisation of resources.          Mark Out, Set Out and Assemble Joinery              units?                                                                                                 What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                                                            Products. Optional unit requests must be                                                                 domestic plumbing systems and components;
               Health and safety; Material recognition; Craft        Contributing to the progress of operations.                                                                The student will study a 12-unit programme           Commission and decommission complex               units?
               skills; Tools and equipment identification and        Establishing the occupational area. Building           agreed with the programme team leader at
                                                                                                                            enrolment. Key Skills, Maths and English.           which consists of BTEC specified units and           domestic plumbing systems; Service and            Establish Operational Areas, Progressing
               use; Industrial knowledge.                            complex masonry details. Producing complex                                                                 course specific optional units.                      maintain complex domestic plumbing systems        Operations, Organising Resources, Co-
               What are the additional modules or                    templates for construction aids.                       What materials do I have to provide?                                                                     and components.                                   ordinating Projects and Application of Specialist
                                                                                                                                                                                What are the additional modules or
               units?                                                What are the additional modules or                     Stationery i.e. pens, pencils, ruler, calculator,   units?                                               What are the additional modules or                Products.
               Optional units must be agreed with programme          units?                                                 etc.                                                                                                     units?                                            What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                                                                                                N/A
               team leader, Key Skills.                              Key Skills. End of year exam.                          Are there any additional costs or                                                                        Optional units chosen when required.              units?
                                                                                                                            specialist equipment required?                      What materials do I have to provide?
               What materials do I have to provide?                  What materials do I have to provide?                                                                                                                            What materials do I have to provide?              Optional unit requests must be agreed by the
                                                                                                                            Safety boots. Overalls are provided at a            Students will be expected to have the required                                                         programme team leader at enrolment and Key
               Stationery i.e. pens, pencils, ruler etc.             Stationery i.e. pens, paper, ruler, calculator, etc.                                                       drawing equipment (set squares, pencils and          Stationery i.e. pens, pencil, ruler, etc.
                                                                                                                            subsidised rate.                                                                                                                                           Skills.
               Are there any additional costs or                     Are there any additional costs or                                                                          pens), a scale rule, a scientific calculator and a   Are there any additional costs or
               specialist equipment required?                        specialist equipment required?                         What can I do after this course?                    normal range of stationery.                                                                            What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     specialist equipment required?
               Safety boots. Overalls are provided at a              Safety boots and overalls.                             Advanced Apprenticeship or alternative Level 3      Are there any additional costs or                                                                      Stationery i.e. pens, pencils, ruler etc.
                                                                                                                            studies.                                                                                                 Safety boots and overalls.
               subsidised rate.                                      What can I do after this course?                                                                           specialist equipment required?                                                                         Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                                            What careers would this course be useful                                                                 What can I do after this course?                  specialist equipment required?
               What can I do after this course?                      Progression to the BTEC National Diploma in                                                                A book list will be provided at the beginning of
                                                                                                                            for?                                                the academic year and students may wish to           Ordinary National Certificate.                    Safety boots. Overalls are provided at a
               Progression to NVQ 3 and Advance                      Construction.
               Construction Award (ACA) is available,                                                                       Joinery trade.                                      purchase books from this as appropriate.             What careers would this course be useful          subsidised rate.
                                                                     What careers would this course be useful                                                                                                                        for?
               conditional on good achievement at Level 2            for?                                                                                                       What can I do after this course?                                                                       What can I do after this course?
               and appropriate support from your employer.                                                                                                                      The course allows for progression to the             Plumbing and Gas.                                 Progression to higher education leading to a
               Diversification to construction professional          Brickwork and general construction trades.
                                                                                                                                                                                appropriate HNC/HND, Foundation Degree                                                                 professional construction career.
               studies is also possible, if you satisfy the course                                                                                                              or full degree course, dependent on the final
               entry criteria.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                                                grade achieved by the student.                                                                         for?
               What careers would this course be useful                                                                                                                         What careers would this course be useful
               for?                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Painting and Decorating.
                                                                                                                                                                                for?
               Plastering                                                                                                                                                       A career in any one of the technical/
                                                                                                                                                                                professional aspects of Construction e.g.
                                                                                                                                                                                Architect, Quantity Surveyor, Estimator, Site
                                                                                                                                                                                Manager.


               CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE




 74                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        75
                   ConsTruCTion                                                                                         ConsTruCTion

                      Advanced Apprenticeship in                            Advanced Apprenticeship in
                A     Trowel Occupations Level 3
                                                                      A     Wood Occupations Level 3




                                                                                                                                       ConsTruCTion
ConsTruCTion




               Course Summary                                        Course Summary
               This course covers six units that consist of          This course is for 18-25 year olds who are
               assisting with the organisation of resources,         interested in developing existing trade skills
               contributing to the progress of operations,           towards a supervisory role.
               establishing the occupational area, building          How will I be assessed?
               complex masonry details and producing
               complex templates for construction aids.              Observation of practical work in College and
               Additional on site assessments are required to        in the workplace, written and computer based
               complete NVQ level 3 for these units.                 knowledge tests, external examinations and
                                                                     production of portfolio evidence.
               How will I be assessed?
                                                                     Entry requirements
               40% Theory 60% Practical. On site assessment
               for NVQ level 3.                                      NVQ Level 2 and ICA Carpentry and Joinery.
               Entry requirements                                    How much time will I spend on the
                                                                     course?
               Interview will be necessary and completion of
               ICA and NVQ 2.                                        1 - 2 days per week.
               How much time will I spend on the                     How many hours of self-study will be
               course?                                               required?
               1 day per week, 9 hours per day.                      Self study as instructed by tutor.
               How many hours of self-study will be                  How is the course delivered?
               required?                                             Practical training in workshop and classroom
               2 hours homework per week.                            based learning.
               How is the course delivered?                          Who is this course suitable for?
               A mix of workshop and classroom based                 18-25 year olds with a Level 2 Apprenticeship
               learning plus field trips and use of College’s        qualification who would like to extend their
               resources e.g IT suite. Plus on site assessment       experience in the trade.
               for NVQ Level 3.                                      What are the mandatory modules or
               Who is this course suitable for?                      units?
               Students wishing to learn more about                  Establish the Operational Area, Progressing
               Brickwork, particularly construction site             Operations, Organising Resources, Coordinate
               management and wish to pursue a career in a           Resources, First Fix, Second Fix, Complex
               particular area.                                      Carcassing and Circular Saw.
               What are the mandatory modules or                     What are the additional modules or
               units?                                                units?
               Assisting with the organisation of resources.         Set Out, Mark Out and Manufacture Routine
               Contributing to the progress of operations.           Products. Optional unit requests must be
               Establishing the occupational area. Building          agreed with the programme team leader at
               complex masonry details. Producing complex            enrolment. Key Skills.
               templates for construction aids.                      What materials do I have to provide?
               What are the additional modules or                    Stationery i.e. pens, pencils, ruler, calculator
               units?                                                etc.
               Key Skills. End of year exam.                         Are there any additional costs or
               What materials do I have to provide?                  specialist equipment required?
               Stationery i.e. pens, paper, ruler, calculator etc.   Safety boots. Overalls are provided at a
                                                                     subsidised rate.
               Are there any additional costs or
               specialist equipment required?                        What can I do after this course?
               Safety boots and overalls.                            Progress to higher education.
               What can I do after this course?                      What careers would this course be useful
                                                                     for?
               Progression to the BTEC National Diploma in
               Construction.                                         Trade supervision and management.
               What careers would this course be useful
               for?
               Brickwork and general construction trades.




 76                                                                                                                                    77
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          EnGinEErinG

     ENgINEErINg                                            STUDENT ProFILE                           PEO Award                                        BTEC National Diploma in
                                                                                                                                                       Manufacturing Engineering
                                                                                                                                                                                                           A     Apprenticeship in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Engineering - Mechanical




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             EnGinEErinG
                                                                                                      LEVEL      2
                                                                                                      LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE
                                                            Engineering student kane Webb                                                              LEVEL      3                                              or Fabrication and Welding
     PoWEr uP your CarEEr
                                                                                                      YEARS      1
                                                                                                                                                       LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE
                                                            (17) has had his hard work                Course Summary                                   YEARS      2                                              Level 2
     Engineering shapes every aspect of modern life - and   rewarded doubly rewarded. not             The course is designed for school leavers        Course Summary
                                                                      only was he a College           and unemployed people looking to work in         A BTEC National Diploma is a work-related
     you couldn’t have come to a better place to be                                                   Manufacturing Engineering.                                                                          Course Summary
                                                                      Peak award winner but                                                            course recognised by employers and universities
                                                                                                                                                                                                          In this course there are two pathways that are
     part of the action.                                              he has gained a coveted
                                                                                                      How will I be assessed?                          alike. Students complete projects and
                                                                                                                                                                                                          available to take: Mechanical or Fabrication
                                                                                                      Compilation of a portfolio log sheet when        assignments on realistic workplace situations,
                                                                       apprenticeship with                                                                                                                and Welding. You will be required in both to
     Derby college has an enviable reputation for                                                     practical work is completed.                     activities and demands. You will learn about
                                                                                                                                                                                                          complete the mandatory units plus additional
                                                                       rolls-royce plc.                                                                your chosen area of employment, developing
     its engineering expertise, boasting impressive                                                   Entry requirements                               the skills needed to succeed in your career.
                                                                                                                                                                                                          units and Key Skills. Students will also be
                                                                                                      E+ GCSE grades are recommended and                                                                  required to complete a Technical Certificate
     facilities and up-to-the-minute technology.                        Kane was nominated            candidates must demonstrate a reasonable
                                                                                                                                                       How will I be assessed?                            which will run on a separate day.
     Derby college is continuing its partnership with                   for the Peak Award            level of numeracy and literacy and undertake a   Through coursework, tests and projects.            How will I be assessed?
                                                                         in recognition of his        College interview and short aptitude test.       Entry requirements                                 You will be required to complete a portfolio log
     rolls-royce, with new developments in training                                                   How much time will I spend on the                                                                   sheet when practical work is completed, which
                                                                          100% timekeeping and                                                         Normally ONE of the following: BTEC First
     and education for the region.                                        attendance and his
                                                                                                      course?                                          Diploma in a related subject: An Intermediate      is assessed and compiled into a portfolio.
                                                                                                      3 days/13.5 hours per week.                      GNVQ in a related subject: 4 GCSEs at              Entry requirements
     Embarking on one of our courses will enable you                      continual production of                                                      grades A to C at higher level including Maths
                                                                                                      How many hours of self-study will be                                                                GCSE grades E+ are expected as you must
                                                                          good quality practical                                                       and Science or an equivalent qualification.
     to broaden your experience, enhance your skills                                                  required?                                        Applicants are selected on their own merit
                                                                                                                                                                                                          demonstrate a reasonable level of numeracy
                                                             and theoretical work.                                                                                                                        and literacy. You will also undertake a College
     and take your career plans to the next level.                                                    All study will be within the College hours.      which will be discussed at a College interview
                                                                                                                                                                                                          interview prior to your enrolment on the course.
                                                                                                      How is the course delivered?                     and an aptitude test will carried out.
                                                            He said: “This has been a great                                                                                                               How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                      Classroom theory and workshop practical.         How much time will I spend on the
                                                            course and I have learnt a lot. It is a                                                                                                       course?
                                                                                                                                                       course?
     HE                                                     really good working environment and
                                                                                                      Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                                                                       Full-time study (3.5 days per week).
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Normally one day per week for 2 years or two
                                                                                                      16 - 18-year-olds with GCSE grades of E or                                                          days a week for 1 year.
     Progression routes available at                        the staff are always supportive and       above, wanting an NVQ 2 in Mechanical            How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                                                                                                                                                          How many hours of self-study will be
                                                            helpful.”                                 Engineering.                                     required?
     Derby college include:                                                                                                                                                                               required?
                                                                                                      What are the mandatory modules or                2 hours per week.
                                                            Kane Webb (17)                                                                                                                                Core units with tutorial sessions.
     • HNC Electrical/Electronic Engineering                                                          units?                                           How is the course delivered?
                                                            Engineering                                                                                                                                   How is the course delivered?
                                                                                                      Working Safely in an Engineering Environment;    Via lectures, case studies, laboratory
     • HND Electrical/Electronic Engineering                                                          Working Efficiently and Effectively in                                                              Derby College Engineering Academy
                                                                                                                                                       investigations, practical work, making use of
                                                                                                      Engineering; and Using and Communicating                                                            workshop/classroom.
                                                                                                                                                       a range of computer software appropriate to
     • HNC Manufacturing Engineering                                                                  Technical Information.                           industry.                                          Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                      What are the additional modules or               Who is this course suitable for?                   Employed candidates who meet the E+
     • HND Manufacturing Engineering                                                                  units?                                                                                              programme requirements.
                                                                                                                                                       Someone wanting to prepare for Higher
     • HNC Mechanical Engineering                                                                     Preparing and Using Lathes for Turning           Education or Apprenticeships in Engineering.       What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                                      Operations; Preparing and Using Milling                                                             units?
                                                                                                                                                       What are the mandatory modules or
     • HNC Operations Engineering                                                                     Machines; and Fitting Using Hand Tools.          units?                                             On both pathways, learners must complete
                                                                                                      What materials do I have to provide?                                                                three mandatory units: Working Safely in an
     • HND Operations Engineering                                                                                                                      Business Systems for Technicians,
                                                                                                      Drawing equipment etc. will need to be                                                              Engineering Environment. Working Efficiently
                                                                                                                                                       Communication for Technicians, Engineering
                                                                                                      purchased.                                                                                          and Effectively in Engineering. Using and
     • Foundation Degree in Mechanical &                                                                                                               Project (Double Unit), Mathematics for
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Communicating Technical Information.
                                                                                                      Are there any additional costs or                Technicians, Mechanical Principles.
       Manufacturing Engineering                                                                      specialist equipment required?                   What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                                                                                                                          What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                                                                                                                          units?
                                                                                                      Students will need to purchase College work-     units?
                                                                                                      wear.                                                                                               Learners must complete the additional
                                                                                                                                                       Electrical and Electronic Principles, Properties
                                                                                                                                                                                                          units which are relevant to their pathway:
                                                                                                      What can I do after this course?                 and Applications of Engineering Materials,
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Mechanical: Preparing and using Lathes for
                                                                                                                                                       Engineering Primary Forming Processes,
                                                                                                      Intermediate Certificate.                                                                           turning operations. Preparing and using Milling
                                                                                                                                                       Engineering Secondary/Finishing Processes
                                                                                                      What careers would this course be useful                                                            machines. Fitting/Using hand tools. Fabrication
                                                                                                                                                       and Techniques, Further Mathematics for
                                                                                                      for?                                                                                                and Welding: Producing Sheetmetal
                                                                                                                                                       Technicians, Computer-aided Manufacturing,
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Components and Assemblies. Preparing and
                                                                                                      Engineering (Mechanical).                        Computer-aided Design, Computer Numerical
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Using Manual Metal Arc Welding Equipment.
                                                                                                                                                       Control of Machine Tools, Quality and Business
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Preparing and Using Manual MIG/MAG.
                                                                                                                                                       Improvements, Manufacturing Systems and
                                                                                                                                                       Techniques, Measurement and Inspection plus        What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                                                                       one further module.                                Drawing and stationery equipment are also
                                                                                                                                                       What materials do I have to provide?               required.
                                                                                                                                                       Drawing equipment etc. will need to be             Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                                                                       purchased.                                         specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                                                                       Are there any additional costs or                  Safety equipment - overalls and boots.
                                                                                                                                                       specialist equipment required?                     What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                                                                       Students will need to purchase College work-       You may wish to progress to the NVQ Level
                                                                                                                                                       wear.                                              3 Advanced Apprenticeship in Engineering
                                                                                                                                                       What can I do after this course?                   Production (Fabrication and Welding or
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Mechanical pathways) which develops all
                                                                                                                                                       HNC/HND/Foundation Degree, Advanced
                                                                                                                                                                                                          aspects of your role.
                                                                                                                                                       Modern Apprenticeship.
                                                                                                                                                                                                          What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                       What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                                                                          for?
                                                                                                                                                       for?
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Engineering sector.
                                                                                                                                                       Engineering.




78                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           79
                 EnGinEErinG                                      EnGinEErinG

                     Advanced Apprenticeship
               A     - Mechanical Manufacturing




                                                                                EnGinEErinG
EnGinEErinG




                     or Fabrication and Welding
                     Engineering Level 3

              Course Summary
              Aimed at those in a supervisory role, this course
              combines employment with training, giving
              students the opportunity to gain practical and
              supervisory skills in the workplace supported by
              study at the College. The programme consists
              of an NVQ Level 3 in Mechanical or Fabrication
              and Welding in the workplace, plus a Technical
              Certificate at College.
              How will I be assessed?
              Internal assessments in the form of practical
              and knowledge exercises. One external multi-
              choice exam.
              Entry requirements
              For a Level 3 qualification, you will have
              needed to complete the Level 2 NVQ
              programme. You will require an interview prior
              to your enrolment on this course. In addition to
              good literacy and numeracy skills, you will need
              to be well motivated and self-disciplined.
              How much time will I spend on the
              course?
              7.5 hours per week over 2 years.
              How many hours of self-study will be
              required?
              Approximately 2 hours per week.
              How is the course delivered?
              A mix of classroom and workshop-based
              activities.
              Who is this course suitable for?
              Students wishing to develop a career in their
              chosen area.
              What are the mandatory modules or
              units?
              Learners must complete three mandatory
              units: Complying with statutory regulations
              and organisational safety requirements; Using
              and interpreting engineering drawings and
              documents; Working efficiently and effectively in
              engineering.
              What are the additional modules or
              units?
              Fabrication and Welding Pathways: FWA -
              Manual Welding; FWC - Sheet Metalworking;
              FWD - Plateworking (3mm upwards); FWE
              - Structural Steelwork; FWF - Pipe and Tube
              Fabrication. Mechanical Pathway: MMA -
              Machining; MMB - NC/CNC Machining; MMC
              - Machine Tool Setting; MMD - Fitting and
              Assembly; MME - Pipe Fitting Assembly.
              What materials do I have to provide?
              Scientific calculator, drawing equipment and
              writing equipment.
              Are there any additional costs or
              specialist equipment required?
              Safety equipment - overalls and boots.
              What can I do after this course?
              The progression route for Mechanical students;
              HNC or a Foundation Degree in your chosen
              area. The progression route for Fabrication
              and Welding students; Level 4 Diploma in
              Supervisory Management in Fabrication and
              Welding Studies.
              What careers would this course be useful
              for?
              A career in either Fabrication and Welding or
              Mechanical Engineering.




 80                                                                             81
                                                                                                                                               EnGinEErinG - moTor VEhiCLE

     ENgINEErINg -                                          IMI Body Repair Level 1                             IMI Light Vehicle Level 1                            IMI Body Repair Level 2




                                                                                                                                                                                                                         EnGinEErinG - moTor VEhiCLE
                                                            LEVEL      1                                        LEVEL      1                                         LEVEL      2
                                                                                                      FLT                                                  FLT
     MoTor VEHIcLE
                                                            LOCATION   MASONS PLACE                             LOCATION   MASONS PLACE                              LOCATION   MASONS PLACE
                                                            YEARS      1                                        YEARS      1                                         YEARS      1

                                                            Course Summary                                      Course Summary                                       Course Summary
                                                            The course is designed to meet the needs of         The course is designed to meet the needs of          The course is designed to meet the needs of
                                                            those who wish to acquire the introductory          those who wish to acquire the introductory           those who wish to acquire the knowledge and
     sWiTCh inTo ToP GEar                                   knowledge and skills relevant to various areas      knowledge and skills relevant to various areas       skills relevant to various areas of the industry
                                                            of the industry involved in motor vehicle repair    of the industry involved in motor vehicle repair     involved in motor vehicle repair related fields.
     you’re in the driving seat with our highly practical   related fields.                                     related fields.                                      How will I be assessed?
     courses leading to recognised qualifications which     How will I be assessed?                             How will I be assessed?                              Underpinning knowledge will be assessed by
                                                            Underpinning knowledge will be assessed by          Underpinning knowledge will be assessed              on-line external test for the mandatory subjects.
     are well respected in the motor vehicle industry.      on-line external test for the mandatory subjects.   by on-line external tests for the mandatory          Practical activities are assessed by the centre
                                                            Practical activities are assessed by the centre     subjects. Practical activities are assessed by the   using externally set exercises.
     gain hands-on experience of motor vehicle              using externally set exercises.                     centre using externally set exercises.               Entry requirements
     maintenance and accident repair: it will put you on    Entry requirements                                  Entry requirements                                   You must have previously completed and
                                                            No specific entry requirements are needed           No specific entry requirements are needed            achieved a Level 1 course in Body Repair
     the road to a career which really motors.              but numeracy and literacy assessments will be       but numeracy and literacy assessments will be        studies or a related Engineering subject or
                                                            undertaken.                                         undertaken.                                          have gained GCSE grade C or above in Maths,
                                                            How much time will I spend on the                   How much time will I spend on the                    English and Science.
                                                            course?                                             course?                                              How much time will I spend on the
                                                            15 and a half hours per week.                       15 hours per week.                                   course?
                                                            How many hours of self-study will be                How many hours of self-study will be                 15 hours per week.
                                                            required?                                           required?                                            How many hours of self-study will be
                                                            2 hours per week.                                   2 - 3 hours per week.                                required?
                                                            How is the course delivered?                        How is the course delivered?                         2 hours per week.
                                                            Practical workshop and classroom studies, with      Practical workshops and classroom studies, with      How is the course delivered?
                                                            some educational visits.                            some educational visits.                             Practical workshop and classroom studies, with
                                                            Who is this course suitable for?                    Who is this course suitable for?                     some educational visits.
                                                            Students wishing to pursue a career in motor        Candidates looking for a career change and           Who is this course suitable for?
                                                            vehicle accident repair and refinishing.            school leavers wishing to pursue a career in         Students wishing to pursue a career in accident
                                                            What are the mandatory modules or                   motor vehicle maintenance.                           repair and refinishing.
                                                            units?                                              What are the mandatory modules or                    What are the mandatory modules or
                                                            The programme consists of six sections of study     units?                                               units?
                                                            and will include: Working Safely and Effectively;   The programme consists of seven units which          G1: Contribute to workplace and good
                                                            Vehicle Technical Information; Forming,             are: Working safely and effectively during           housekeeping G2: Ensure your own actions
                                                            Joining and Measurement; Vehicle Body Repair        light vehicle maintenance; Foundation skills         reduce risks to Health and Safety G3: Maintain
                                                            Materials; Basic Body Repairs and Moving            for light vehicle maintenance and repair; Light      positive working relationships BP02: Remove
                                                            Loads and Vehicle Jacking.                          vehicle construction and routine maintenance;        and fit non-welded, non-structural Vehicle Body
                                                            What are the additional modules or                  Operating principles of light vehicle tyres,         Panels BP05: Remove and replace vehicle non-
                                                            units?                                              brakes, steering and suspensions systems;            structural body panels, BP06: Repair vehicle
                                                                                                                Operating principles of light vehicle engines;       non-structural body panels.
                                                            Key Skills.                                         Operating principles and maintenance of              What are the additional modules or
                                                            What materials do I have to provide?                light vehicle transmission systems; Operating        units?
                                                            Stationery (pens, pencils etc), The Repair of       principles and maintenance of light vehicle
                                                                                                                electrical and electronic systems.                   Key Skills.
                                                            Vehicle Bodies by W A Livesey.
                                                                                                                What are the additional modules or                   What materials do I have to provide?
                                                            Are there any additional costs or
                                                            specialist equipment required?                      units?                                               Stationery (pens, pencils etc), The Repair of
                                                                                                                Key Skills.                                          Vehicle Bodies by W A Livesey.
                                                            Safety boots and overalls.
                                                                                                                What materials do I have to provide?                 Are there any additional costs or
                                                            What can I do after this course?                                                                         specialist equipment required?
                                                            The IMI Technical Certificate Level 2               Stationery and Hillier’s Fundamentals of Vehicle
                                                                                                                Technology.                                          Safety boots and overalls.
                                                            programme or employment as an Apprentice
                                                            or Advanced Apprentice.                             Are there any additional costs or                    What can I do after this course?
                                                            What careers would this course be useful            specialist equipment required?                       Diploma in vehicle body and paint operations.
                                                            for?                                                Safety boots and overalls.                           What careers would this course be useful
                                                            Vehicle body specialist, accident repair centre.    What can I do after this course?                     for?
                                                                                                                The IMI Technical Certificate Level 2                Vehicle body specialist, accident repair centre.
                                                                                                                programme or employment as a Foundation or
                                                                                                                Advanced Modern Apprentice.
                                                                                                                What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                for?
                                                                                                                Vehicle technician.




82                                                                                                                                                                                                                       83
                                 EnGinEErinG - moTor VEhiCLE                                                                          EnGinEErinG - moTor VEhiCLE

                              IMI Light Vehicle Level 2                                   Apprenticeship in Light
                                                                                    A     Vehicle Maintenance and




                                                                                                                                                                    EnGinEErinG - moTor VEhiCLE
EnGinEErinG - moTor VEhiCLE



                              LEVEL      2
                              LOCATION   MASONS PLACE
                              YEARS      1                                                Repair
                              Course Summary
                              The course is designed to meet the needs of          Course Summary
                              those who wish to acquire the intermediate
                                                                                   The course is designed to meet the needs of
                              knowledge and skills relevant to various areas
                                                                                   an individual working within the motor industry
                              of the industry involved in motor vehicle repair
                                                                                   wanting to achieve the NVQ Level 2.
                              related fields.
                                                                                   How will I be assessed?
                              How will I be assessed?
                                                                                   Underpinning knowledge will be assessed
                              Underpinning knowledge will be assessed
                                                                                   by on-line external tests for the mandatory
                              by on-line external tests for the mandatory
                                                                                   subjects. Practical activities are assessed by
                              subjects. Practical activities are assessed by the
                                                                                   the centre in the workplace using externally set
                              centre using externally set exercises.
                                                                                   criteria.
                              Entry requirements
                                                                                   Entry requirements
                              You must have previously completed and
                                                                                   You must have previously completed and
                              achieved a Level 1 course in Motor Vehicle
                                                                                   achieved a Level 1 course in Motor Vehicle
                              studies or a related Engineering subject or
                                                                                   studies or a related Engineering subject or
                              have gained GCSE grade C or above in Maths,
                                                                                   have gained GCSE grade C or above in Maths,
                              English and Science.
                                                                                   English and Science. Other grades may be
                              How much time will I spend on the                    considered on an individual basis. The NVQ
                              course?                                              requires employment within the motor vehicle
                              15 hours per week.                                   industry.
                              How many hours of self-study will be                 How much time will I spend on the
                              required?                                            course?
                                                                                   8 hours per week.
                              2 - 3 hours per week.
                                                                                   How many hours of self-study will be
                              How is the course delivered?
                                                                                   required?
                              Practical workshop and classroom studies, with
                                                                                   2 - 3 hours per week.
                              some educational visits.
                                                                                   How is the course delivered?
                              Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                   Practical workshop and classroom studies,
                              Candidates who have completed a Level 1
                                                                                   with some educational visits. Work-based
                              Motor Vehicle course.
                                                                                   assessment is also applicable.
                              What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                   Who is this course suitable for?
                              units?
                                                                                   Anyone employed as a motor vehicle technician
                              The programme consists of eight units
                                                                                   or apprentice wishing to gain the NVQ Level 2.
                              which are: Contribute to workplace good
                              housekeeping; Ensure your own actions reduce         What are the mandatory modules or
                              risks to Health and Safety; Maintain positive        units?
                              working relationships; Carry out routine vehicle     The programme consists of eight units
                              maintenance; Remove and replace light vehicle        which are: Contribute to workplace good
                              engine units and components; Remove and              housekeeping; Ensure your own actions reduce
                              replace light vehicle auxiliary electrical units     risks to Health and Safety; Maintain positive
                              and components; Remove and replace light             working relationships; Carry out routine vehicle
                              vehicle chassis units and components; Remove         maintenance; Remove and replace light vehicle
                              and replace light vehicle transmission and           engine units and components; Remove and
                              driveline units and components.                      replace light vehicle auxiliary electrical units
                              What are the additional modules or                   and components; Remove and replace light
                              units?                                               vehicle chassis units and components; Remove
                                                                                   and replace light vehicle transmission and
                              Key Skills.
                                                                                   driveline units and components.
                              What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                   What are the additional modules or
                              Stationery (pens, pencils etc), Hillier’s            units?
                              Fundamentals of Vehicle Technology.
                                                                                   Key Skills.
                              Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                   What materials do I have to provide?
                              specialist equipment required?
                                                                                   Stationery (pens, pencils etc), Hillier’s
                              Safety boots and overalls.
                                                                                   Fundamentals of Vehicle Technology.
                              What can I do after this course?
                                                                                   Are there any additional costs or
                              The IMI Technical Diploma Level 3 programme          specialist equipment required?
                              or employment.
                                                                                   Safety boots and overalls.
                              What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                   What can I do after this course?
                              for?
                                                                                   The IMI Advanced Apprenticeship Level 3
                              Vehicle technician.
                                                                                   What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                   for?
                                                                                   Vehicle technician.




   84                                                                                                                                                               85
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    FLorisTry

     FLorISTry                                                STUDENT ProFILE                              City & Guilds National Certificate BTEC Nationals in Floristry
                                                                                                           Floristry




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                FLorisTry
                                                                                                                                              LEVEL 3
                                                                                                                                                               LOCATION   BROOMFIELD HALL
                                                                                                           LEVEL      2
     LET your TaLEnT BLoom                                    “i wanted a more ‘hands on’                  LOCATION   BROOMFIELD HALL
                                                                                                                                                               YEARS      1

                                                              course so came to Broomfield                 YEARS      1                                       Course Summary
     Do you have a whole bunch of style and creativity to     Hall to study floristry instead of           Course Summary                                     This course is suitable for you if you are
     offer? Then say it with flowers!                         staying on at school. The course             You may consider this course if you are looking seriously interested in a change of career
                                                                                                           to take an existing hobby more seriously, want     or would eventually like to become a self-
                                                              involves both theory and practical                                                              employed florist. It is a practical and theory
                                                                                                           a complete change of career or have always
     Join one of our floristry courses and your skills will   – giving us the chance to create
                                                                                                           fancied working with flowers. It is a practically based modular programme with emphasis on
     flourish as you create stunning and colourful displays
                                                              displays for all sorts of occasions.         based modular programme and will show you advanced designs and commercial viability.
                                                              We also go on trips to country               the basic tricks of the trade to enable you to     How will I be assessed?
     for every occasion, using classic and contemporary       shows where we can gather ideas              move forward into a new career.                    To achieve a national award you must complete
     techniques.                                                         for our own work and              How will I be assessed?                            6 units over one year. To achieve a national
                                                                                                           You will continually be assessed on practical      certificate you must complete 12 units over two
                                                                          these are great fun.
     Learn the tricks of the trade and turn a                                                              and written work (a portfolio) and there is also years.
                                                                                                           a multiple choice examination at the end of the Entry requirements
     budding interest into a blossoming career.                             “The change of scene from      course.                                            A relevant Level 2 qualification or 4 GCSEs
                                                                            school was great and the       Entry requirements                                 at grade C or above, including Maths and
                                                                           facilities at Broomfield Hall   A relevant Level 1 qualification or 4 passes       English.
                                                                           are excellent. you study        at GCSE grade D-G. Mature learners must            How much time will I spend on the
                                                                           alongside people of all ages    demonstrate that they are prepared to take on course?
                                                                                                           the commitment of a full-time course.              Three days per week.
                                                                           and the lecturers are very
                                                                                                           How much time will I spend on the                  How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                          supportive. I didn’t know        course?                                            required?
                                                                          anybody when I first came        3 to 4 days per week.                              Approximately 6 hours per week.
                                                                          here but I soon made lots of     How many hours of self-study will be               How is the course delivered?
                                                                          new friends.                     required?
                                                                                                                                                              By individual units within College, work
                                                                                                           3 to 5 hours per week will be required to          experience and relevant field trips.
                                                              “I am working with a florist at the
                                                                                                           complete your portfolio of evidence and revise.
                                                              weekends, which gives me chance to                                                              Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                           How is the course delivered?
                                                              gain experience of the industry and                                                             Anyone with the relevant qualifications who is
                                                                                                           The course is taught in a purpose-built            serious about floristry and is willing to show
                                                              I hope to be self-employed in the            environment with all resources on hand. The        commitment to a full-time course.
                                                              future.”                                     units are taught individually by experienced
                                                                                                           staff who will link everything you do to working What are the mandatory modules or
                                                              Jade McFadden (16)                           in the industry. Practical sessions will generally units?
                                                              National Award Floristry                     start with a demonstration and then you will       Unit 1 - Conditioning and use of flower and
                                                                                                           practise the design.                               foliage materials. Unit 5 - Floristry display
                                                                                                           Who is this course suitable for?                   techniques. Unit 14 - Trends in the floristry
                                                                                                                                                              industry. Unit 15 - Interior and exterior floristry
                                                                                                           Anyone who is looking to pursue a career in        designs. Unit 6 - Issues and legislation in
                                                                                                           floristry.                                         floristry. Unit 12 - Floristry designs in a medium
                                                                                                           What are the mandatory modules or                  (Additional). Unit 20 - Floristry marketing
                                                                                                           units?                                             strategies.
                                                                                                           In addition to the mandatory floristry units, you What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                           will study Functional Skills. You will also study  units?
                                                                                                           additional qualifications which will be discussed Unit 3 - Floristry designs in a medium (Gift
                                                                                                           with you at your interview.                        Wrapped), Unit 8 - Floristry designs in a
                                                                                                           What are the additional modules or                 medium (Wedding), Unit 9 - Floristry designs
                                                                                                           units?                                             in a medium (Funeral), Unit 10 - Assembled
                                                                                                           N/A                                                floristry designs (Tied and Gift Wrapped),
                                                                                                                                                              Unit 11 - Assembled floristry designs wired
                                                                                                           What materials do I have to provide?               (Wedding), Key Skills.
                                                                                                           £200 for fresh flowers and foliage.                What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                           Are there any additional costs or                  £200 for the cost of fresh flowers and foliage
                                                                                                           specialist equipment required?                     for the course.
                                                                                                           You are required to wear protective clothing, a Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                           tabard or apron is required and you must have specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                           suitable tools and equipment, including scissors
                                                                                                           and secateurs. You will be advised of these in     A tabard or apron is required for Health and
                                                                                                           your first week at College.                        Safety, scissors and secateurs.
                                                                                                           What can I do after this course?                   What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                           Derby College offers a Level 3 course in           You may wish to find employment within the
                                                                                                           Floristry or Horticulture. You could also apply    industry or you can continue in education and
                                                                                                           for a job in the floristry industry or at a garden work towards a Level 4 qualification, or work
                                                                                                           centre.                                            towards further qualifications at Level 3 to gain
                                                                                                                                                              a certificate and diploma.
                                                                                                           What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                           for?                                               What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                              for?
                                                                                                           A career in floristry, horticulture or interior
                                                                                                           design would enable you to put into practice all Mainly floristry. Interior design can also be run
                                                                                                           the new skills you have learnt.                    alongside this type of career.




86                                                                                                                                                                                                                              87
                                                                                                                                                                  GCsEs

     gcSEs                                                  GCSE English                                      GCSE Maths




                                                                                                                                                                          GCsEs
                                                            LEVEL      2                                      LEVEL      2
                                                            LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE               LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE

     aChiEVE ThE riGhT rEsuLTs                              YEARS      1                                      YEARS      1

                                                            Course Summary                                    Course Summary
     get on course with Derby college and see how far it    A one-year course consisting of 40%               GCSE Maths covers a lot of basic skills that you
                                                            coursework and 60% exam. You will study a         will need to use in a variety of ways all through
     takes you. you can put your future career on a more    Shakespearean play and a modern novel and         your life. Basic mathematical techniques will
                                                            will be asked to write both a non-fiction and     help with study in many areas such as science,
     solid footing by making the grade at gcSE.             fiction essay. You will also perform 3 Speaking   business, psychology and technology.
                                                            and Listening tasks which will make up your       How will I be assessed?
     Our high-quality and flexible courses in English and   40% coursework grade.
                                                                                                              100% written examinations.
     Maths could be the just the job if you’re looking to   How will I be assessed?
                                                                                                              Entry requirements
     improve your employment prospects. or they could       40% coursework (20% on 4 written pieces,
                                                            20% on 3 orals). 60% exam (split into 2 exams     Generally grade D at GCSE is required to do
     prove to be your passport to higher level study and    exploring poetry and media texts).                the course in one year.
                                                            Entry requirements                                How much time will I spend on the
     qualifications.                                                                                          course?
                                                            Preferably over 18-years-old.
                                                                                                              3 hours per week.
                                                            How much time will I spend on the
                                                            course?                                           How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                                                              required?
                                                            2 hours per week.
                                                                                                              2 - 3 hours per week.
                                                            How many hours of self-study will be
                                                            required?                                         How is the course delivered?
                                                            2 - 4 hours per week.                             Classroom-based learning. ILT will be used.
                                                            How is the course delivered?                      Who is this course suitable for?
                                                            Classroom-based learning.                         Anyone wishing to progress with an essential
                                                                                                              basis of GCSE core subjects.
                                                            Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                              What are the mandatory modules or
                                                            This course is suitable for anyone wishing        units?
                                                            to enhance their level of English and offers
                                                            a recognised, highly desirable qualification      Number, Geometry, Algebra and Statistics.
                                                            accepted by both universities and employers.      What are the additional modules or
                                                            What are the mandatory modules or                 units?
                                                            units?                                            N/A
                                                            Written coursework: Task 1 - Non-fiction          What materials do I have to provide?
                                                            writing; Task 2 - Fiction writing; Task 3 -       Scientific calculator, pens, paper, compasses,
                                                            Shakespeare play; Task 4 - Modern Prose.          protractor, ruler.
                                                            Speaking and Listening: Task 5 - Orals,
                                                            individual presentation, drama, group debate.     Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                              specialist equipment required?
                                                            What are the additional modules or
                                                            units?                                            No
                                                            N/A                                               What can I do after this course?
                                                            What materials do I have to provide?              A grade B is needed to move on to A-level
                                                                                                              Maths.
                                                            Pens, paper, etc.
                                                                                                              What careers would this course be useful
                                                            Are there any additional costs or                 for?
                                                            specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                              A grade C is needed for most careers.
                                                            No.
                                                            What can I do after this course?
                                                            Opportunities to progress to further study or
                                                            entry into the job market.
                                                            What careers would this course be useful
                                                            for?
                                                            Sound basis for any career showing prospective
                                                            employers a solid level of ability in English.




88                                                                                                                                                                        89
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         hairDrEssinG

     HAIrDrESSINg                                           STUDENT ProFILE                           NVQ1 Foundation in
                                                                                                      Hairdressing
                                                                                                                                                   Programme-Led Apprenticeship SENSI Trainee Hairdressing
                                                                                                                                                   NVQ1 Foundation in           1 Year




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               hairDrEssinG
                                                            “i recently moved to the uk from
                                                                                                      LEVEL      1
                                                                                                                                               FLT Hairdressing                 LEVEL    1
     a CuT aBoVE                                                                                      LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE                                                 LOCATION THE ROUNDHOUSE    FLT
                                                            south africa and chose to study           YEARS      1                                 LEVEL    1
                                                                                                                                                   LOCATION THE ROUNDHOUSE  FLT YEARS    1

     Turn your hand to hairdressing and head for a career   at Derby College after coming to          Course Summary                                     YEARS    1                                         Course Summary
                                                            an open day. i study alongside            This programme combines the theory and             Course Summary                                     This programme combines the theory and
     full of highlights!                                                                              practical aspect of working in a hairdressing                                                         practical aspect of working in a hairdressing
                                                            16 people and everyone is very                                                               This programme combines the theory and
                                                                                                      salon.                                                                                                salon.
     you’ll not only build up all the skills you need to    friendly and has been extremely                                                              practical aspect of working in a hairdressing
                                                            helpful, especially as i don’t speak      How will I be assessed?                            salon.                                             How will I be assessed?
     create a range of stylish looks, you’ll also enjoy                                               You will be assessed by a range of methods,        How will I be assessed?                            You will be assessed by a range of methods,
                                                            English too well. our group is
     working in a profession which is all about the                                                   including practical observation, oral              You will be assessed by a range of methods,        including practical observation, oral
                                                            really close and we all help and          questioning, on-line testing and preparing a                                                          questioning, on-line testing and preparing a
                                                                                                                                                         including practical observation, oral
     feelgood factor.                                                  support each other.            portfolio of evidence. Assessments are on-         questioning, on-line testing and preparing a       portfolio of evidence. Assessments are on-
                                                                                                      going throughout the year.                         portfolio of evidence. Assessments are on-         going throughout the year.
     our superb training facilities and experienced                      “I am really enjoying        Entry requirements                                 going throughout the year.                         Entry requirements
     staff will give you an invaluable insight into                      the practical side of the    A GCSE portfolio of grade E is desirable,          Entry requirements                                 A GCSE portfolio of grade D is desirable,
                                                                                                      plus an interest in the professional world of      A GCSE portfolio of grade D is desirable,          plus an interest in the professional world of
     every aspect of working in a professional                           course and am building a     hairdressing. You need to be enthusiastic, self                                                       hairdressing. You need to be enthusiastic, self
                                                                         portfolio of my work which                                                      plus an interest in the professional world of
                                                                                                      motivated, able to follow instructions, can work                                                      motivated, able to follow instructions, can work
     salon.                                                             demonstrates the different    on your own initiative and have good personal
                                                                                                                                                         hairdressing. You need to be enthusiastic, self
                                                                                                                                                                                                            on your own initiative and have good personal
                                                                                                                                                         motivated, able to follow instructions, can work
                                                                        techniques I have learnt.     presentation.                                      on your own initiative and have good personal      presentation.
                                                                        The salon is a great place    How much time will I spend on the                  presentation.                                      How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                      course?                                            How much time will I spend on the                  course?
                                                                       to gain experience and
                                                                                                      Approximately 17 hours per week.                   course?                                            Approximately 17 hours per week.
                                                                       the new facilities at the
                                                                                                      How many hours of self-study will be               Approximately 17 hours per week.                   How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                       roundhouse are amazing.        required?                                                                                             required?
                                                                                                                                                         How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                      “I intend to work in a          3 - 4 hours per week.                              required?                                          3 - 4 hours per week.
                                                            professional salon and then complete      How is the course delivered?                       3 - 4 hours per week.                              How is the course delivered?
                                                            an NVQ Assessors course to become a       Salon and classroom setting.                       How is the course delivered?                       Salon and classroom setting.
                                                            lecturer in Hairdressing.”                Who is this course suitable for?                   Salon and classroom setting.                       Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                      The SENSI Foundation programme is aimed            Who is this course suitable for?                   The SENSI Trainee Hairdressing programme
                                                            charlotte bezuidenhoudt (19)              at the learner who wishes to work within the                                                          is aimed at the learner who wishes to work
                                                                                                                                                         The SENSI Foundation programme is aimed
                                                            NVQ 2 Hairdressing                        hairdressing industry. You must have excellent     at the learner who wishes to work within the       within the hairdressing industry. You must have
                                                                                                      communication skills and an interest in            hairdressing industry. You must have excellent     excellent communication skills and an interest
                                                                                                      hairdressing.                                      communication skills and an interest in            in hairdressing.
                                                                                                      What are the mandatory modules or                  hairdressing.                                      What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                                      units?                                             What are the mandatory modules or                  units?
                                                                                                      G20 Health and safety; G2 Assist with reception    units?                                             G20 Health and safety; G2 Assist with reception
                                                                                                      duties; G3 Contribute to the development of        G20 Health and safety; G2 Assist with reception    duties; G3 Contribute to the development of
                                                                                                      effective working relationships; GH1 Shampoo       duties; G3 Contribute to the development of        effective working relationships; GH1 Shampoo
                                                                                                      and condition hair; GH3 Prepare and maintain       effective working relationships; GH1 Shampoo       and condition hair; GH3 Prepare and maintain
                                                                                                      work surfaces; GH4 Assisting with colouring        and condition hair; GH3 Prepare and maintain       work surfaces; GH4 Assisting with colouring
                                                                                                      services; GH5 Assisting with perming services;     work surfaces; GH4 Assisting with colouring        services; GH5 Assisting with perming services;
                                                                                                      GH2 Blow dry hair; GH6 Plait and twist hair;       services; GH5 Assisting with perming services;     GH2 Blow dry hair; GH6 Plait and twist hair;
                                                                                                      GH7 Remove hair extensions; GB1 Assist with        GH2 Blow dry hair; GH6 Plait and twist hair;       GH7 Remove hair extensions; GB1 Assist with
                                                                                                      shaving.                                           GH7 Remove hair extensions; GB1 Assist with        shaving.
                                                                                                      What are the additional modules or                 shaving.                                           What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                      units?                                             What are the additional modules or                 units?
                                                                                                      Key Skills.                                        units?                                             Key Skills.
                                                                                                      What materials do I have to provide?               Key Skills.                                        What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                      Students will need to purchase a kit and           What materials do I have to provide?               Students will need to purchase a kit and
                                                                                                      uniform. Details are available from the            Students will need to purchase a kit and           uniform. Details are available from the
                                                                                                      hairdressing staff.                                uniform. Details are available from the            hairdressing staff.
                                                                                                      Are there any additional costs or                  hairdressing staff.                                Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                      specialist equipment required?                     Are there any additional costs or                  specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                      To be advised.                                     specialist equipment required?                     To be advised.
                                                                                                      What can I do after this course?                   To be advised.                                     What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                      Upon successful completion of Level 1, students    What can I do after this course?                   Upon successful completion of Level 1, students
                                                                                                      will have the opportunity to discuss with the      Upon successful completion of Level 1, students    will have the opportunity to discuss with the
                                                                                                      hairdressing team progression to Level 2.          will have the opportunity to discuss with the      hairdressing team progression to Level 2.
                                                                                                      What careers would this course be useful           hairdressing team progression to Level 2.          What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                      for?                                               What careers would this course be useful           for?
                                                                                                      Supporting in a hairdressing salon.                for?                                               Supporting in a hairdressing salon.
                                                                                                                                                         Supporting in a hairdressing salon.




90                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             91
                  hairDrEssinG                                                                                                                                                                                                             hairDrEssinG

               NVQ2 SENSI Trainee                                     NVQ3 SENSI Graduate                                           Apprenticeship                                         Advanced Apprenticeship
               Hairdressing                                           Hairdressing
                                                                                                                              A     Hairdressing Level 2
                                                                                                                                                                                     A     Hairdressing Level 3
hairDrEssinG




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          hairDrEssinG
               LEVEL      2                                           LEVEL      3
               LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE                              LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE
               YEARS      2                                           YEARS      1                                           Course Summary                                         Course Summary
               Course Summary                                         Course Summary                                         This programme combines the theory and                 This programme combines the theory and
                                                                                                                             practical aspect of working and supporting             practical aspect of working and supporting
               This programme combines the theory and                 This programme combines the theory and                 within a hairdressing salon and studying the           within a hairdressing salon and studying the
               practical aspect of working and supporting             practical aspect of working and supporting             compulsory core units, which are delivered by          compulsory core units, which are delivered by
               within a hairdressing salon and studying the           within a hairdressing salon and studying the           the hairdressing team. This is a professional          the hairdressing team. This is a professional
               compulsory core units, which are delivered by          compulsory core units, which are delivered by          training qualification. Learners should already        training qualification. Learners should already
               the hairdressing team. This is a professional          the hairdressing team. This is a professional          be working in a salon.                                 be working in a salon.
               training qualification.                                training qualification.
                                                                                                                             How will I be assessed?                                How will I be assessed?
               How will I be assessed?                                How will I be assessed?
                                                                                                                             You will be assessed by a range of methods             You will be assessed by a range of methods
               You will be assessed by a range of methods             You will be assessed by a range of methods             including practical observation, oral                  including practical observation, oral
               including practical observation, oral                  including practical observation, oral                  questioning, on-line testing and preparing a           questioning, on-line testing and preparing a
               questioning, on-line testing and preparing a           questioning, on-line testing and preparing a           portfolio of evidence. Assessments are on-             portfolio of evidence. Assessments are on-
               portfolio of evidence. Assessments are on-             portfolio of evidence. Assessments are on-             going throughout the year.                             going throughout the year.
               going throughout the year.                             going throughout the year.
                                                                                                                             Entry requirements                                     Entry requirements
               Entry requirements                                     Entry requirements
                                                                                                                             It is essential that students have excellent written   It is essential that students have excellent written
               It is essential that students have excellent written   It is essential that students have excellent written   and communication skills and a profile of              and communication skills, a profile of GCSEs
               and communication skills and a profile of              and communication skills, a profile of GCSEs           GCSEs at grade D to include English Language.          at grade D to include English Language, plus
               GCSEs at grade D to include English Language.          at grade D to include English Language, plus                                                                  NVQ2 Hairdressing.
                                                                      NVQ2 Hairdressing.                                     How much time will I spend on the
               How much time will I spend on the                                                                             course?                                                How much time will I spend on the
               course?                                                How much time will I spend on the                                                                             course?
                                                                      course?                                                One day plus full-time salon employment.
               Approximately 17 hours per week.                                                                                                                                     1 day plus full-time salon employment.
                                                                      Full-time programme over 44 weeks.                     How many hours of self-study will be
               How many hours of self-study will be                                                                          required?                                              How many hours of self-study will be
               required?                                              How many hours of self-study will be                                                                          required?
                                                                      required?                                              4 - 6 hours per week.
               4 - 6 hours per week.                                                                                                                                                4 - 6 hours per week.
                                                                      4 - 6 hours per week.                                  How is the course delivered?
               How is the course delivered?                                                                                                                                         How is the course delivered?
                                                                      How is the course delivered?                           Classroom and salon-based learning.
               Classroom and salon-based learning.                                                                           Assessments can also take place in the learner’s       Classroom and salon-based learning.
               Who is this course suitable for?                       Classroom and salon-based learning.                    salon of employment.                                   Assessments can also take place in the learner’s
               The SENSI Hairdressing programme is aimed              Who is this course suitable for?                       Who is this course suitable for?                       salon of employment.
               at the learner who wishes to work within the           The SENSI Hairdressing programme is aimed              The SENSI Apprenticeship Hairdressing                  Who is this course suitable for?
               hairdressing industry. You must have excellent         at the learner who wishes to work within the           programme is aimed at the learner working in           The SENSI Advanced Apprenticeship
               communication skills, an interest in hairdressing      hairdressing industry. You must have excellent         a salon.                                               Hairdressing programme is aimed at the
               and a willingness to work within the industry.         communication skills, an interest in hairdressing                                                             learner currently employed in a salon.
                                                                      and a willingness to work within the industry.         What are the mandatory modules or
               What are the mandatory modules or                                                                             units?                                                 What are the mandatory modules or
               units?                                                 What are the mandatory modules or                                                                             units?
                                                                      units?                                                 G1 Ensure your own actions reduce risks to
               G20 Ensure your own actions reduce risks to                                                                   health and safety; G5 Give clients a positive          G22 Monitor procedures to safely control work
               health and safety; G17 Give clients a positive         G22 Monitor procedures to safely control work          impression of yourself and your organisation;          operations; G18 Promote additional services or
               impression of yourself and your organisation;          operations; G18 Promote additional services or         G6 Promote additional products or services to          products to clients; G21 Provide hairdressing
               G18 Promote additional products or services            products to clients; G21 Provide hairdressing          clients; G7 Advise and consult with clients; H6        consultation services; GH16 Creatively cut
               to clients; G7 Advise and consult with clients;        consultation services; GH16 Creatively cut             Cut hair using basic techniques; H9 Shampoo            hair using a combination of techniques; GH17
               GH12 Cut hair using basic techniques; GH9              hair using a combination of techniques; GH17           and condition hair and scalp; H10 Style, dress         Colour hair using a variety of techniques;
               Shampoo and condition hair and scalp;                  Colour hair using a variety of techniques;             and finish hair using basic techniques; H13            GH18 Provide colour correction services;
               GH10 Style and finish hair using basic                 GH18 Provide colour correction services;               Change hair colour using basic techniques;             GH19 Creatively style and dress hair; GH20
               techniques; GH9 Change hair colour using               GH19 Creatively style and dress hair; GH20             H18 Scalp massage.                                     Creatively dress long hair; GH21 Develop and
               basic techniques; GH13 Plait and twist hair;           Creatively dress long hair; GH21 Develop and                                                                  enhance your creative hairdressing skills.
               GH11 Set and dress hair; GH15 Attach hair to           enhance your creative hairdressing skills.             What are the additional modules or
               enhance style.                                                                                                units?                                                 What are the additional modules or
                                                                      What are the additional modules or                                                                            units?
               What are the additional modules or                     units?                                                 Key Skills.
               units?                                                                                                        What materials do I have to provide?                   Key Skills.
                                                                      Diploma in Hairdressing; Key Skills
               Key Skills.                                            Communication.                                         Students will need to purchase a kit. Details are      What materials do I have to provide?
               What materials do I have to provide?                   What materials do I have to provide?                   available from hairdressing staff.                     Students will need to purchase a kit. Details are
                                                                                                                             Are there any additional costs or                      available from hairdressing staff.
               Students will need to purchase a kit and               Students will need to purchase a kit and
               uniform. Details are available from                    uniform. Details are available from                    specialist equipment required?                         Are there any additional costs or
               hairdressing staff.                                    hairdressing staff.                                    To be advised.                                         specialist equipment required?
               Are there any additional costs or                      Are there any additional costs or                      What can I do after this course?                       To be advised.
               specialist equipment required?                         specialist equipment required?                         Students can continue on to a Level 3                  What can I do after this course?
               To be advised.                                         To be advised.                                         hairdressing programme, if recommended by              Students can continue on to a Level 4
               What can I do after this course?                       What can I do after this course?                       curriculum staff.                                      hairdressing programme, if recommended by
                                                                                                                             What careers would this course be useful               curriculum staff.
               Students can continue on to a Level 3                  Students can continue on to a Level 4
               Hairdressing programme, if recommended by              hairdressing programme, if recommended by              for?                                                   What careers would this course be useful
               curriculum staff.                                      curriculum staff.                                      Employment in salons, spa, mobile business,            for?
               What careers would this course be useful               What careers would this course be useful               cruise liners.                                         Employment in salons, spa, mobile business,
               for?                                                   for?                                                                                                          cruise liners.
               Employment in salons, spa, mobile business,            Employment in salons, spa, mobile business,
               cruise liners.                                         cruise liners.




  92                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      93
                                                                                                                                                                    horsE CarE

     HorSE cArE                                             BTEC First Diploma in Horse Care BTEC National Diploma in Horse
                                                                                             Management




                                                                                                                                                                                 horsE CarE
                                                            LEVEL 2
                                                            LOCATION   BROOMFIELD HALL

     riDinG hiGh
                                                                                                                LEVEL      3
                                                            YEARS      1
                                                                                                                LOCATION   BROOMFIELD HALL
                                                            Course Summary                                      YEARS      2

     If you want to work with horses, saddle up for         This course provides a foundation of                Course Summary
                                                            knowledge, skills and work experience to help       This course provides a foundation of
     our excellent diplomas which are ideally suited to     you gain employment within the equine industry      knowledge, skills and work experience to
     equestrian enthusiasts.                                or to progress to the next level. You will be       help you gain employment within the equine
                                                            taught riding, horse care, horse handling,          industry or to progress to the next level. You
                                                            exercise, behaviour, welfare and biology. You       will be taught riding theory and practice,
     you can study everything from riding practice to       will also receive training towards BHS Stage 1.     horse husbandry, equine fitness and training,
     horse behaviour, competition grooming to horse         How will I be assessed?                             rehabilitation and therapy, health and welfare,
                                                            The course is continuously assessed using           animal science, competition grooming,
     rehabilitation and therapy. Soon you’ll be galloping                                                       equestrian teaching, nutrition and business
                                                            a range of methods including written tests,
     your way to that dream career.                         projects and practicals.                            management. You will also receive training
                                                                                                                towards BHS Stages examinations and Riding
                                                            Entry requirements                                  and Road Safety. This course includes 10 weeks
                                                            You will need a reasonable standard of              industry experience (over the 2 years) as well as
                                                            educational attainment to include 2 GCSE            work experience on the College yard.
                                                            passes in academic subjects at grade D or           How will I be assessed?
                                                            above (or equivalent - this can be discussed at
                                                            interview). In order to ensure the welfare of our   The course is continuously assessed using
                                                            horses, we operate a personal weight restriction    a range of methods including written tests,
                                                            of no more than 13 stone.                           projects and practicals.
                                                            How much time will I spend on the                   Entry requirements
                                                            course?                                             You will need:
                                                            4 days per week (plus yard duties on a              • 4 GCSE passes at grade C or above, 1 of
                                                            rota basis, including some weekdays and                which should be a Science and 1 English plus
                                                            weekends).                                             appropriate equestrian experience.
                                                            How many hours of self-study will be                • a Merit grade on First Diploma Horse Care
                                                            required?                                              with the recommendation of the Course
                                                            You will need to spend some time outside               Team.
                                                            College timetabled time to complete                 • equivalent competence and attainment to the
                                                            coursework.                                            above. Individual cases can be discussed at
                                                            How is the course delivered?                           interview or Information Evenings.
                                                            Lectures, demonstrations, practicals and work       In order to ensure the welfare of our horses, we
                                                            experience.                                         operate a personal weight restriction of no
                                                                                                                more than 13 stone.
                                                            Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                                How much time will I spend on the
                                                            This course is suitable for those people who        course?
                                                            have the entry requirements and wish to
                                                            prepare for a career working with horses.           4 days per week (plus yard duties on a rota
                                                                                                                basis including some weekdays and weekends).
                                                            What are the mandatory modules or
                                                            units?                                              How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                                                                required?
                                                            All.
                                                                                                                You will need to spend time outside College
                                                            What are the additional modules or                  timetabled hours to complete your coursework
                                                            units?                                              and prepare for assessments.
                                                            N/A                                                 How is the course delivered?
                                                            What materials do I have to provide?                Lectures, demonstrations, practicals and work
                                                            Writing materials.                                  experience.
                                                            Are there any additional costs or                   Who is this course suitable for?
                                                            specialist equipment required?                      This course is suitable for those people who
                                                            Riding hat, boots and gloves - this will be         have the entry requirements and wish to
                                                            confirmed at interview.                             prepare for a career working with horses.
                                                            What can I do after this course?                    What are the mandatory modules or
                                                            Successful completion can lead to progression       units?
                                                            to the National Diploma, National Certificate or    All.
                                                            employment.                                         What are the additional modules or
                                                            What careers would this course be useful            units?
                                                            for?                                                N/A
                                                            A career working with horses.                       What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                                Writing materials.
                                                                                                                Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                                specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                                Riding hat, boots and gloves - this will be
                                                                                                                confirmed at interview.
                                                                                                                What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                                Successful completion can lead to progress to a
                                                                                                                Foundation Degree/Degree or employment.
                                                                                                                What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                for?
                                                                                                                A career working with horses.




94                                                                                                                                                                               95
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                horTiCuLTurE

     HorTIcULTUrE                                              STUDENT ProFILE                            NPTC Award/Certificate/Diploma BTEC First Diploma Horticulture
                                                                                                          in Land-based Studies
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 NPTC National Certificate
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Horticulture




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     horTiCuLTurE
                                                                                                                                         LEVEL 2
                                                                                                                                                             LOCATION   BROOMFIELD HALL
                                                                                                          LEVEL      1                                                                                           LEVEL      2
     soW ThE sEEDs For a FLourishinG                           “I decided to study at Broomfield          LOCATION   BROOMFIELD HALL                FLT      YEARS      1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 LOCATION   BROOMFIELD HALL
                                                               hall because the course here               YEARS      1                                       Course Summary                                      YEARS      1

     CarEEr                                                    is more specialised to help me             Course Summary                                     The course will cover the subjects: Work-related    Course Summary
                                                               achieve my ambition to be a                You will be involved in establishing and           experience in Horticulture; Horticulture Industry   The National Certificate in Horticulture
     Dig in for a great learning experience! If you’re after   landscaper.                                maintaining plants, plant propagation, safe use    and Organisations; Amenity and Decorative           places an emphasis on learning by doing.
                                                                                                          of tools and equipment and constructing and        Horticulture; Introduction to Specialist Land-      Students are required to complete a number
     a career that literally keeps on growing, this is your                                               maintaining horticultural structures. You will     based Machinery; Commercial Horticultural           of practical assignments to demonstrate their
                                                               “The lecturer is really supportive and                                                        Crop Production and Turf Establishment and
     chance to cultivate all the practical and professional                                               develop literacy and numeracy skills as well as
                                                                                                                                                             Maintenance.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 attainment of practical skills combined with
                                                               our small group of like-minded people      learning about plants.                                                                                 some written submissions to confirm theoretical
     skills you need.                                                                                     How will I be assessed?                            How will I be assessed?                             understanding of certain topics.
                                                               really works together and makes the
                                                                                                          You will be required to compile a portfolio of     Continual assessment using both written             How will I be assessed?
     If you want to indulge your passion for plants, learn     most of the excellent facilities.                                                             and practical methods. It may include
                                                               “There have been a lot of                  evidence of your achievements throughout the                                                           You will be assessed when carrying out a
                                                                                                                                                             oral presentations and work experience
     latest landscaping techniques or design glorious                                                     course and to take an on-line multiple choice
                                                                                                                                                             performance.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 series of practical tasks e.g. laying paving
                                                               opportunities to get involved with         test towards the end of the course.                                                                    slabs, pruning and tree planting as well as on
     gardens, a course at Derby college will truly bear        extra-curricular activities, such as                                                          Entry requirements                                  written work where appropriate. There will
                                                                                                          Entry requirements
     fruit.                                                    UK          Skills competitions, which                                                        Interview, 4 passes at GCSE grade D - G             also be plant names to learn for identification
                                                                                                          You should have a strong interest in working                                                           tests and portfolios to create on weeds, pests
                                                                            help to enhance your          with plants and have basic literacy and            (including Maths, English and Sciences), other
                                                                                                                                                             related Level 1 or 2 qualification, appropriate     and diseases. Candidates will also have to
                                                                            course, put your skills to    numeracy skills and be able to organise the                                                            answer externally set underpinning knowledge
                                                                                                          written information required to compile your       experience/knowledge gained in a related
                                                                             test and practice time                                                          working environment.                                questions.
                                                                                                          portfolio.
                                                                             management. I had                                                               How much time will I spend on the                   Entry requirements
                                                                                                          How much time will I spend on the
                                                                              never put together a        course?                                            course?                                             A commitment to working in the horticulture
                                                                              whole garden until that                                                        4 days per week 9.30am - 4.45pm and 1 study         industry. Although no specific prior
                                                                                                          4 days per week.                                                                                       achievements are required, you will need good
                                                                               point, so the experience                                                      day to complete coursework and assignments.
                                                                                                          How many hours of self-study will be                                                                   literacy and numeracy skills i.e. the ability to
                                                                               was invaluable.            required?                                          How many hours of self-study will be                complete written tasks and make calculations
                                                                                                                                                             required?                                           as well as the ability to organise written
                                                                                “There are also lots of   You will be required to spend some of your own
                                                                                                          time on coursework, approximately 3 hours per      You will be required to use your study time to      information. Appropriate industrial experience
                                                                                 short weekend courses                                                       complete written assignments.                       and the ability to demonstrate that you are
                                                                                                          week.
                                                                                 and individual modules                                                      How is the course delivered?                        prepared for dedicated work in the horticultural
                                                                                                          How is the course delivered?                                                                           industry would be beneficial.
                                                                                 so you constantly                                                           The course is taught in small groups giving
                                                                                get to meet new and       Lectures, practicals, demonstrations and visits.                                                       How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                                                                             each student more individual attention and
                                                               interesting people. There’s a real buzz    Who is this course suitable for?                   the opportunity to ask questions and share          course?
                                                               about this place.”                         People who wish to prepare for a career in         experiences in a friendly environment. New          4 days per week.
                                                                                                          horticulture, working with plants.                 skills will be demonstrated by the lecturer with    How many hours of self-study will be
                                                               Adam Daft                                  What are the mandatory modules or                  a chance for the student to have a hands-on         required?
                                                                                                          units?                                             approach thereafter.
                                                               National Diploma in Horticulture                                                                                                                  Approximately 6 hours per week.
                                                                                                          All. In addition you will undertake Functional     Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 How is the course delivered?
                                                                                                          Skills.                                            The course is aimed at school leavers with a
                                                                                                                                                             keen interest in horticulture.                      A mixture of teaching methods including
                                                                                                          What are the additional modules or                                                                     practical, discussion, question and answer,
                                                                                                          units?                                             What are the mandatory modules or                   lectures, case studies etc. ILT is incorporated
                                                                                                          N/A                                                units?                                              wherever possible.
                                                                                                          What materials do I have to provide?               The six listed in the course summary. In            Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                                                                             addition, you will study Functional Skills.
                                                                                                          Writing materials and working clothes, overalls                                                        This course is intended to enable students to
                                                                                                          and steel toe-capped boots for practicals and      What are the additional modules or                  gain employment in the horticulture industry at
                                                                                                          secateurs - this will be discussed at interview.   units?                                              craft person level. The course is also suitable
                                                                                                          Are there any additional costs or                  N/A                                                 for keen amateurs and for people who are
                                                                                                          specialist equipment required?                     What materials do I have to provide?                looking for a career change into horticulture.
                                                                                                          You will need to provide your own secateurs.       Personal Protection Equipment, safety boots,        What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                                                                                             overalls and gloves.                                units?
                                                                                                          What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                                                                             Are there any additional costs or                   Horticultural Science, Principles of Machinery,
                                                                                                          If you do well on this course, you can progress                                                        Identification of Weeds, Pests and Diseases and
                                                                                                          to a First Diploma or Certificate course or find   specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Effective Working Practices. In addition you will
                                                                                                          employment.                                        You will need to provide your own secateurs.        undertake Functional Skills.
                                                                                                          What careers would this course be useful           What can I do after this course?                    What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                          for?                                               Successful completion can lead to progression       units?
                                                                                                          Those people wishing to start preparing for a      to a range of National Certificate or Diploma       Hard Landscape Techniques, Surveying, Setting
                                                                                                          career in horticulture and working with plants.    programmes, or into employment in your              Out and Foundations, Plant Establishment and
                                                                                                                                                             chosen sector of the industry.                      Maintenance, Identification and Use of Plants,
                                                                                                                                                             What careers would this course be useful            Establish and Maintain Turf and Establishment
                                                                                                                                                             for?                                                and Maintenance of Specialist Horticultural
                                                                                                                                                             Green Keeping, Garden Maintenance, Amenity          Features.
                                                                                                                                                             and Commercial Maintenance and Nursery/             What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                                                                             Garden Centre work.                                 Protective clothing including steel toe-capped
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 boots, overalls and waterproof clothes. You will
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 also need to provide a portfolio, dividers etc.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Stationery and secateurs.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 The course can lead to the National Diploma in
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Horticulture, Countryside or Arboriculture.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 for?
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Crafts person level in general gardening,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 landscape gardening, general horticulturist
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 for the parks department or work on a private
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 estate.

96                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   97
                  horTiCuLTurE                                        horTiCuLTurE

               BTEC National Diploma
               Horticulture




                                                                                     horTiCuLTurE
horTiCuLTurE




               LEVEL      3
               LOCATION   BROOMFIELD HALL
               YEARS      2

               Course Summary
               A qualification from this course will enable you
               to develop learning, practical and professional
               skills and personal qualities through work-
               related projects, industrial work placements and
               demonstrations in a horticultural environment.
               How will I be assessed?
               The type of assessment will vary as to the
               outcome being assessed but may include
               practical skill tests, case studies, written reports
               and presentations.
               Entry requirements
               A distinctive BTEC First Diploma performance;
               a pass at National Certificate Level; 4 passes at
               GCSE grade C or above, preferably including
               English Language and 2 of which should be
               in Science; or one in Mathematics and one in
               Science, a relevant NVQ2; significant work
               experience OR non-standard entry: mature
               learners who lack qualifications but have the
               academic ability and can demonstrate that
               they are prepared to take on the commitment
               required.
               How much time will I spend on the
               course?
               This may involve 6 hours class per day for
               4 days a week. The other day of the week
               is Study Day in which course work and
               assignments should be undertaken.
               How many hours of self-study will be
               required?
               This will vary but an approximation would be 1
               hour of self study or assignment work for every
               hour studied in class.
               How is the course delivered?
               There will be a mix of teaching methods
               including classroom-based learning, practical
               activities, visits and group work.
               Who is this course suitable for?
               This course is suitable for those who wish to
               study a horticultural course at Level 3. This
               may include school leavers, people who have
               worked in industry or those who have a Level 2
               qualification and wish to progress.
               What are the mandatory modules or
               units?
               There are 6 mandatory units: Investigative
               Project in the Horticultural Sector, Horticultural
               Skills and Plant Knowledge, Horticultural
               Business Accounting and Management,
               Principles of Plant and Soil Science, Work-
               Related Experience in the Horticultural Sector
               and Land-based Machinery. In addition you
               will undertake Functional Skills.
               What are the additional modules or
               units?
               There are 12 additional units.
               What materials do I have to provide?
               This will depend upon the units being studied.
               Advice will be provided at the time of interview.
               However, students will be expected to provide
               writing materials and paper/notebooks/files.
               Secateurs are required for practical activities as
               are safety boots/safety wellingtons, appropriate
               practical clothing and waterproofs.
               Are there any additional costs or
               specialist equipment required?
               This will depend upon the units being studied.
               Advice will be provided at the time of interview.
               What can I do after this course?
               Progression onto a Higher National or Degree
               programme or employment in the horticultural
               industry.
               What careers would this course be useful
               for?
               There are many and varied career opportunities
               available in horticulture.
  98                                                                                 99
                                                                                                                                                                      inFormaTion, CommuniCaTion TEChnoLoGy

      INForMATIoN,




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  inFormaTion, CommuniCaTion TEChnoLoGy
                                                                                                       Advance to Information                             BTEC First Diploma in IT                             BTEC National Diploma ICT
                                                           STUDENT ProFILE                             Technology                                          LEVEL      2                                        Support

      coMMUNIcATIoN
                                                                                                                                                           LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE
                                                                                                       LEVEL      2                                                                                            LEVEL      3
                                                           “i went to work when i left school          LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
                                                                                                                                                           YEARS      1
                                                                                                                                                                                                               LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
                                                           but decided to return to learning           YEARS      1                                       Course Summary                                       YEARS      2




      TEcHNoLogy
                                                           and chose Derby College on                  Course Summary                                     This programme is offered to support learners        Course Summary
                                                           recommendation.                             This qualification provides candidates with a      who wish to either progress to Level 3 and           The BTEC National Diploma is a highly
                                                                                                       high quality industry-recognised award. It is a    ultimately university or to commence work in         respected route to university. It is equivalent
                                                                                                       vocationally related qualification that provides   the information technology industry at a junior      to 3 A-levels but offers a broader, deeper
                                                           “I am really enjoying my course. The        valuable opportunities for individuals to develop level.                                                knowledge of computing. It involves a
      CLiCk WiTh TEChnoLoGy                                programme is vocational rather than         skills and gain underpinning knowledge and         How will I be assessed?                              more technical and practical approach if
                                                           academic which suits me better as           understanding which will support entry to the      You will be assessed by 100% course work over        you wish to take up a career in Information
      Employers everywhere are looking for people with     I do not perform well under exam            field of IT.                                       6 modules. 5 modules are compulsory and              Communications Technology Support Systems.
                                                                                                       How will I be assessed?                            these are delivered during the first semester.       How will I be assessed?
      the right technology skills. Switch on to the                  conditions and coursework                                                            You will then choose one option. This option
                                                                        plays a large part in my       You will undertake a mix of external                                                                    Assessment is by a range of methods including
      opportunities with the help of the high-quality                                                  examinations and internally assessed               will be discussed during your course. You            observation of practical activities, written
                                                                        final result. The library      assignments that in turn will be externally        will be required to undertake assessment via         assignments and case studies.
      teaching and high-tech facilities on offer at                     and e-library are very         moderated. Examination assessment will be          observation, written reports/assignments,
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Entry requirements
      Derby college.                                                   useful and offer peace          30%. You will also have external tests in literacy presentation and practical work.
                                                                                                       and numeracy and, if taking re-sit GCSE Maths Entry requirements                                        You will need to have four GCSEs at grade C
                                                                       and quiet to study and          and English, you will sit your examinations in                                                          or above, including grade C in English and
      our courses can pave the way to university                       the computer rooms have
                                                                                                                                                          You will be expected to hold 4 grade Ds at           a minimum grade D in Maths. Alternatively
                                                                                                       May.                                               GCSE, preferably inclusive of English and/
      level study or directly into a job in the fast-                                                                                                                                                          to GCSEs, a merit at BTEC First level will be
                                                                      everything needed to             Entry requirements                                 or Maths. You will be expected to resit GCSE         acceptable, including literacy and numeracy
      paced world of IcT. Along the way, you’ll                       support my studies.              You will need to have a Pass at a Level 2          Maths and/or English if you achieve a grade D.       skills.
                                                                                                       qualification or 3 grade Cs at GCSE. You           Alternatively you will need a Merit or Distinction
      gain amazing new abilities in areas such as                     “It’s much more of a grown                                                          at Level 1 or DIDA, along with Level 1 Literacy      How much time will I spend on the
                                                                                                       will also need to have grade Ds in English                                                              course?
                                                                                                                                                          and Numeracy skills. You must complete 4
      systems analysis, software design and IT                       up environment than it was        and Maths or Level 2 Numeracy and Literacy
                                                                                                       or equivalents, along with evidence of good        mandatory modules in the first semester to           21 hours per week, extra with a retake GCSE
                                                                     at school and I hope to go                                                           progress to the 2nd semester.                        subject.
      troubleshooting.                                                                                 attendance and punctuality from your Record
                                                                     to De Montfort University         of Achievement. An avid interest in Information How much time will I spend on the                       How many hours of self-study will be
      That great career opportunity could soon be coming   and get a job in IT.”                       Technology is recommended.                         course?                                              required?
                                                                                                       How much time will I spend on the                  You will be in College 4 days per week,              2 - 4 hours homework to complete
      to a computer screen near you …                      oliver Hunter (17)
                                                                                                       course?                                            approximately 16 hours per week for 36 weeks.        assignments.
                                                           bTEc National Diploma in IT Practitioners                                                      How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                                                       19.5 hours per week maximum on this                                                                     How is the course delivered?
                                                                                                       programme. If you do not sit both GCSE             required?                                            Mix of classroom-based learning.
                                                                                                       qualifications, it may be slightly less.           You will be required to complete 2 - 3 hours on      Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                                                       How many hours of self-study will be               assignments at home when appropriate.
                                                                                                       required?                                                                                               This course is suitable for those learners who
                                                                                                                                                          How is the course delivered?                         wish either to progress to university and study
                                                                                                       2 - 5 hours per week to complete set homework Lessons are delivered in ICT classrooms and               in Systems Support field or to commence
                                                                                                       or complete assignments.                           some delivery is completed in the practical          employment in the same field of work.
                                                                                                       How is the course delivered?                       areas. You will also attend team building            What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                                       A mix of classroom-based delivery, laboratory      activities away from College.                        units?
                                                                                                       work, enrichment visits, presentations, group      Who is this course suitable for?                     Communication and Employability Skills in
                                                                                                       work, individual assignments, on-line tests and This course is suitable for those students              IT; Computer Systems; Information Systems
                                                                                                       observations.                                      who wish to commence study in information            Communication Technologies; Principles of
                                                                                                       Who is this course suitable for?                   technology with a view to progressing to             Computer Networks; IT Technical Support; IT
                                                                                                       Those who already possess basic knowledge          a higher level and ultimately university or          Trouble shooting and Repair.
                                                                                                       and understanding of ICT systems and who           employment.                                          What are the additional modules or
                                                                                                       wish to expand their knowledge and skills          What are the mandatory modules or                    units?
                                                                                                       and to progress to a Level 3 programme or          units?                                               Additional modules to be discussed with your
                                                                                                       employment in a technical context.                 Database Spreadsheet; Using ICT to present           tutor during your 2 years of study. You will
                                                                                                       What are the mandatory modules or                  Information; Introduction to Computers; ICT          also undertake an additional qualification of
                                                                                                       units?                                             Project.                                             industry related standards to complement your
                                                                                                       Unit 1 - Customer Support Provision, Unit 3 -      What are the additional modules or                   BTEC programme in Year One only.
                                                                                                       Installing Hardware/Equipment and Systems          units?                                               What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                                       and Unit 8 - Computer Maintenance and              These will be discussed with you during tutorial     You will need to provide a USB memory stick
                                                                                                       Installation (A+). (subject to change as per       sessions and help will be given to decide            suitable for saving graphical images produced
                                                                                                       Awarding Body requirements).                       which optional route to follow during your 2nd       in your work.
                                                                                                       What are the additional modules or                 semester.                                            Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                       units?                                             What materials do I have to provide?                 specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                       These will discussed during your induction         You will be expected to bring notepaper, pens,       N/A
                                                                                                       period.                                            pencils and mathematical equipment with you.         What can I do after this course?
                                                                                                       What materials do I have to provide?               Are there any additional costs or                    This course is suitable for those learners who
                                                                                                       it would be advisable to purchase a USB            specialist equipment required?                       wish either to progress to university and study
                                                                                                       memory stick.                                      You will be required to provide a USB memory         in a Systems Support field or to commence
                                                                                                       Are there any additional costs or                  stick.                                               employment in the same field of work.
                                                                                                       specialist equipment required?                     What can I do after this course?                     What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                       N/A                                                You can progress to Level 3 ICT programmes or        for?
                                                                                                       What can I do after this course?                   commence employment at a junior level.               Technician, helpdesk, networking.
                                                                                                       After qualifying on this course, you will be       What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                       considered for progression to the BTEC             for?
                                                                                                       National Diploma in ICT or can venture into        Data entry clerk. Junior technician. Junior
                                                                                                       employment.                                        software applications user.
                                                                                                       What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                                       for?
                                                                                                       Technician. Network management.




100                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              101
                                        inFormaTion, CommuniCaTion TEChnoLoGy                                                                        inFormaTion, CommuniCaTion TEChnoLoGy
inFormaTion, CommuniCaTion TEChnoLoGy




                                                                                                                                                                                              inFormaTion, CommuniCaTion TEChnoLoGy
                                         BTEC National Diploma IT                              BTEC National Diploma Software
                                         Practitioners (IT and Business)                       Development
                                         LEVEL      3                                          LEVEL      3
                                         LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                   LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
                                         YEARS      2                                          YEARS      2

                                         Course Summary                                        Course Summary
                                         The BTEC National Diploma is a highly                 The BTEC National Diploma is a highly
                                         respected route to university. It is equivalent       respected route to university. It is equivalent
                                         to 3 A-levels but offers a broader, deeper            to 3 A-levels but offers a broader, deeper
                                         knowledge of computing. It involves a more            knowledge of computing. It involves a more
                                         technical and practical approach if you wish to       technical and practical approach if you wish to
                                         take up a career in Information Technology.           take up a career in Information Technology.
                                         How will I be assessed?                               How will I be assessed?
                                         Assessment is by a range of methods including         Assessment is by a range of methods including
                                         observation of practical activities, presentations,   observation of practical activities, presentations,
                                         written assignments and case studies.                 written assignments and case studies.
                                         Entry requirements                                    Entry requirements
                                         You will need to have four GCSEs at grade             You will need to have four GCSEs at grade C
                                         C or above in English and a minimum grade             or above in English and a minimum grade D in
                                         D in Maths. As an alternative to GCSEs, a             Maths. Alternatively to GCSEs, a merit at BTEC
                                         merit at BTEC First level, including Literacy and     First level plus Literacy and Numeracy skills.
                                         Numeracy skills.                                      How much time will I spend on the
                                         How much time will I spend on the                     course?
                                         course?                                               18 hours a week, 3 hours more with a retake
                                         18 hours per week, plus an extra 3 hours if you       GCSE subject.
                                         take resit GCSE Maths or English.                     How many hours of self-study will be
                                         How many hours of self-study will be                  required?
                                         required?                                             2 - 4 hours homework to complete
                                         3 - 5 hours homework completing assignments.          assignments.
                                         How is the course delivered?                          How is the course delivered?
                                         Mix of classroom-based delivery and learning.         Mix of classroom-based learning.
                                         Who is this course suitable for?                      Who is this course suitable for?
                                         This course is suitable for those learners            This course is suitable for those learners who
                                         who wish either to progress to university and         wish either to progress to university and study in
                                         study in a Business/ICT field or to commence          a programming/gaming field or to commence
                                         employment in the same field of work.                 employment in the same field of work. It
                                         What are the mandatory modules or                     should be noted that university is strongly
                                         units?                                                recommended on this course.
                                         Communication and Employability Skills in             What are the mandatory modules or
                                         IT; Information Systems; Computer Systems             units?
                                         (Hardware); IT Project Systems Analysis and           Communication and Employability Skills in
                                         Design                                                IT; Computer Systems; Information Systems
                                         What are the additional modules or                    Systems Analysis and Design; Principles of
                                         units?                                                Software Design and Development Event
                                                                                               Driven Programming.
                                         A range of other units will be discussed during
                                         your induction and tutorial sessions.                 What are the additional modules or
                                                                                               units?
                                         What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                                               Additional modules to be discussed with your
                                         You will need to provide a USB memory stick           tutor during induction and tutorial sessions with
                                         suitable for saving graphical images produced         your lecturers.
                                         in your work.
                                                                                               What materials do I have to provide?
                                         Are there any additional costs or
                                         specialist equipment required?                        You will need to provide a USB memory stick
                                                                                               suitable for saving graphical images produced
                                         N/A                                                   in your work.
                                         What can I do after this course?                      Are there any additional costs or
                                         The course is recognised by business and              specialist equipment required?
                                         industry as well as by universities for entry to      N/A
                                         degree and HND courses.
                                                                                               What can I do after this course?
                                         What careers would this course be useful
                                         for?                                                  This course is suitable for those learners who
                                                                                               wish either to progress to university and study
                                         Business/ICT, administration, secretarial, data       programming/gaming field or to commence
                                         entry clerk, web design.                              employment in the same field of work.
                                                                                               What careers would this course be useful
                                                                                               for?
                                                                                               Programme analyst, gaming, computer
                                                                                               programming, software development.




102                                                                                                                                                                                          103
                                                                                                                                  LEarnErs WiTh LEarninG DiFFiCuLTiEs

      LEArNErS WITH                                           Initial Pathway                                      Links Pathway                                        Pathway to Working Life




                                                                                                                                                                                                                             LEarnErs WiTh LEarninG DiFFiCuLTiEs
      LEArNINg
                                                              LEVEL      PRE ENTRY                                 LEVEL      ENTRY                                     LEVEL      ENTRY
                                                              LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE                  FLT       LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE                  FLT       LOCATION   THE ROUNDHOUSE                  FLT
                                                              YEARS      1                                         YEARS      1                                         YEARS      1

                                                              Course Summary                                       Course Summary                                       Course Summary


      DIFFIcULTIES
                                                              This is a course for 16 - 25-year-olds with          This is a course for 16 - 25-year-olds who           This course is for students with learning
                                                              learning difficulties who will require high levels   have learning difficulties. This is a supported      difficulties who want a job but need to learn
                                                              of support. However, learners will need to be        programme where learners will be encouraged          the right social skills, improve their confidence
                                                              able to function safely in a mainstream college      to grow in confidence so that they reduce their      and prepare for the world of work. All students

      and/or DISAbILITy                                       and the wider community. The focus of the
                                                              programme is developing independent living
                                                              skills including independent travel. Learners
                                                                                                                   dependence on support during the year. It is
                                                                                                                   expected that they will be able to function safely
                                                                                                                   within the College and the wider community.
                                                                                                                                                                        will undertake an extended work experience
                                                                                                                                                                        placement and be given an opportunity to
                                                                                                                                                                        work with the support of one of the College’s
                                                              will undertake projects in the College and in the    The Links first year offers learners a smooth        Job Coaches. Students will follow an individual
                                                              community.                                           transition from school into college life. It         timetable of study which will include functional
      EnhanCinG LiFE ChanCEs                                  Student entry profile                                aims to enable learners to access a range of         Maths, English and ICT.
                                                                                                                   vocational tasters and develop their skills to       Student entry profile
                                                              • This programme is for 16 to 25-year-olds
      We offer a flexible range of courses which will open       with learning difficulties who require high
                                                                                                                   progress within the College or the world of
                                                                                                                                                                        • This programme is for 16 to 25-year-olds
                                                                                                                   work.
      new doors for learners who have learning difficulties      levels of support.
                                                                                                                   Student entry profile
                                                                                                                                                                           who have learning difficulties.
                                                              • They will be able to function in College and
      or disabilities.                                           the local community safely without the need       • This is a programme for 16 to 25-year-olds         They will:
                                                                 for physical restraint/intervention.                 who have learning difficulties.                   • Be able to function in College and the local
      The focus is on improving skills in areas such as       • Parents/carers will be prepared to support         • The learner will require a higher level of           community safely without the need for any
                                                                                                                      support than a mainstream student but will          physical restraint/intervention.
      communication, literacy and numeracy, promoting            the development of independence skills by
                                                                                                                      be encouraged to function independently.          • Be able to operate at Entry Level 2 in Literacy
                                                                 enabling students to practise skills at home.
      independent living, widening social networks, and       Learners will:                                       They will:
                                                                                                                                                                          and Numeracy.
      preparing for working life in a variety of vocational                                                                                                             • Be able to demonstrate appropriate
                                                              • Be committed to learning independent travel        • Be able to function in College and the local         behaviour in the adult world and work place.
      areas.                                                     skills where appropriate (exceptions for            community safely without the need for any
                                                                 medical reasons and distance).                      physical restraint/intervention.                   • Have an attendance of 80% or more on
                                                                                                                                                                          previous programmes.
      Throughout we’ll provide the supportive, friendly and   • Have a basic understanding of road safety.         • Be committed to learning independent
                                                                                                                     travel skills where appropriate (exceptions        • Be an independent traveller (exceptions for
                                                              • Have a basic understanding of health and                                                                  medical reasons and distance).
      welcoming learning environment for which Derby             safety in the kitchen (e.g. that surfaces           to this for medical reasons and distance).
                                                                 may be hot/that electrical equipment can be       • Have an understanding of road safety.              • Be able to demonstrate good communication
      college is renowned.                                                                                                                                                skills.
                                                                 dangerous).                                       • Be able to follow instructions.
                                                              • Have a basic understanding of the safe use                                                              • Be willing to undertake an extended work
                                                                                                                   • Be able to communicate their needs                   experience placement or full-time/part-time
                                                                 of kitchen utensils and equipment.                  effectively.                                         employment.
                                                              • Be able to follow basic instructions.              • Function at E1 or above in Literacy and            Progression
                                                              • Be able to communicate their needs                   Numeracy.
                                                                 effectively.                                                                                           • Part-time/full-time work
                                                                                                                   • Be prepared to take part in vocational
                                                              • Be able to manage their own personal care            tasters.                                           • Other training providers
                                                                 needs with a minimum level of support.            • Have a realistic ability to progress to a Level    • Level 1 Programme if appropriate
                                                              Progression                                            1 programme and on into the world of work.
                                                              • A second year on Initial Pathway                   Progression
                                                              • Transition to Adult Services                       • Part-time and full-time work
                                                              • Links Pathway if appropriate                       • Other training providers
                                                                                                                   • Pathway to Working Life
                                                                                                                   • Level 1 Programme if appropriate




104                                                                                                                                                                                                                         105
                                                                                                                                                                    mEDia

      MEDIA                                                 BTEC First Diploma in Media/
                                                            Multimedia
                                                                                                                 BTEC National Diploma in Media




                                                                                                                                                                             mEDia
                                                                                                                 LEVEL      3
                                                                                                                 LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
                                                            LEVEL      2
      LiGhTs, CamEra, CarEEr aCTion!
                                                                                                                 YEARS      2
                                                            LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
                                                            YEARS      1                                         Course Summary
      Make a name for yourself in one of the world’s most   Course Summary                                       This qualification will allow you to progress to
                                                            This is a one-year course of study. The course       Higher Education courses or go straight into
      action-packed industries. Working in the media is     is designed to give you a general overview of,       the working world. The course of study would
                                                                                                                 appeal to all those who thrive on practical and
      ideal for creative and innovative individuals who     and a certain amount of insight into, the media
                                                                                                                 technical practices with a balanced emphasis
                                                            industry. It will also give you the opportunity
      thrive on variety and challenge.                      to build up confidence and prepare you for a         on theoretical or academic achievement.
                                                            Level 3 course.                                      How will I be assessed?
      If you picture yourself behind the camera, mixing     How will I be assessed?                              You will be assessed on 100% coursework that
      soundtracks, creating persuasive adverts or           You will be assessed on 100% coursework              is to be presented in the form of portfolios and
                                                            which is to be presented in portfolios and           written essays.
      harnessing latest multimedia techniques, you’re       written essays.                                      Entry requirements
      ready for a close-up look at what’s on offer from     Entry requirements                                   You need at least four Grade Cs at GCSE
                                                            You need at least four grade Ds including a          in any subject. It is desirable to have GCSE
      Derby college.                                                                                             English.
                                                            grade D in English. You may also re-sit the
                                                            listed GCSEs if you have Level 2 Key Skills in       How much time will I spend on the
                                                            application of number or communications.             course?
                                                            How much time will I spend on the                    15.25 hours throughout the week.
                                                            course?                                              How many hours of self-study will be
                                                            10.5 hours throughout the week.                      required?
                                                            How many hours of self-study will be                 Completing practical production work. You will
                                                            required?                                            be expected to study 4 - 6 hours per week in
                                                            You will need to complete practical productions.     your own time.
                                                            You will be expected to study 4 - 6 hours per        How is the course delivered?
                                                            week in your own time.                               There is an even mix of formal classroom-
                                                            How is the course delivered?                         based learning and related practical production
                                                            There is an even mix of formal classroom-            work.
                                                            based learning and related practical production      Who is this course suitable for?
                                                            work.                                                This course is suitable for those who wish to
                                                            Who is this course suitable for?                     pursue a career in media. You need to have
                                                            This course is suitable for those who wish to        creative flair and good organisational skills.
                                                            take an initial qualification and follow a career    What are the mandatory modules or
                                                            in the media.                                        units?
                                                            What are the mandatory modules or                    Core Units: Unit 1 Research Techniques for the
                                                            units?                                               Media; Unit 2 Pre-production; Unit 3 Production
                                                            Introduction to Media; Industries Research for       Management; Unit 4 Working to a brief; Unit 5
                                                            Media Productions; Introduction to Media             Critical Approaches; Unit 7 Understanding TV
                                                            Audiences and Products; Video Production;            and Film Industry.
                                                            Audio Production; Advertising Techniques;            What are the additional modules or
                                                            Media Production Project.                            units?
                                                            What are the additional modules or                   GCSE English OR Maths if required; Functional
                                                            units?                                               Skills - Communications; ICT and Working
                                                            GCSE English OR Maths if required; Functional        With Others; Functional Skills - Improving Own
                                                            Skills - Communications and ICT; Functional          Learning and Performance.
                                                            Skills - Improving Own Learning and                  What materials do I have to provide?
                                                            Performance.                                         You will need sketch books for some units.
                                                            What materials do I have to provide?                 Are there any additional costs or
                                                            N/A                                                  specialist equipment required?
                                                            Are there any additional costs or                    N/A
                                                            specialist equipment required?                       What can I do after this course?
                                                            N/A                                                  Provided you successfully complete all the
                                                            What can I do after this course?                     required units, you can progress to a suitable
                                                            Provided you pass all the required units to a        course of study at university or go into the
                                                            merit or distinction level and have a grade C        workforce.
                                                            in GCSE English, and demonstrate an aptitude         What careers would this course be useful
                                                            for the subject, you will be able to progress to a   for?
                                                            Level 3 course.                                      This course will be useful to gain entry into
                                                            What careers would this course be useful             university or give you career opportunities
                                                            for?                                                 within the media industry.
                                                            This course is a useful foundation for Level 3
                                                            progression.




106                                                                                                                                                                         107
                                                                                                                                                                                                           musiC

      MUSIc                                                     BTEC First Diploma Music                          BTEC National Diploma in Music
                                                                                                                  Technology
                                                                                                                                                                    BTEC National Diploma in Music




                                                                                                                                                                                                                         musiC
                                                                LEVEL      2                                                                                         LEVEL      3
                                                                LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE                                                                  LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
                                                                                                                  LEVEL      3
      hiT aLL ThE riGhT noTEs                                   YEARS      1
                                                                                                                  LOCATION   THE JOSEPH WRIGHT CENTRE
                                                                                                                                                                     YEARS      2

                                                                Course Summary                                    YEARS      2                                      Course Summary
      our courses will be music to your ears if you aspire      The BTEC First Diploma in Music offers classes    Course Summary                                    This is a Popular Music programme and
                                                                in many aspects of the music industry. The        This course provides an intense training for      provides an intense training for those wanting
      to a future as a performing artist, recording engineer,   course has a number of core units. Students       those wanting a career in the music technology a career in the music industry. This programme
                                                                can choose optional units covering either Music                                                     delivers current industry practices and a range
      composer or producer.                                     Technology or Music Performance.
                                                                                                                  industry. The programme delivers current
                                                                                                                  industry practices and a range of enhancement of enhancement activities such as performing
                                                                How will I be assessed?                           activities.                                       at a range of gigs and studying music theory
      Learn all about what it takes to make it big in the                                                                                                           qualifications.
                                                                100% Coursework.                                  How will I be assessed?
      fast-moving music industry, from sound recording          Entry requirements
                                                                                                                                                                    How will I be assessed?
                                                                                                                  100% coursework through practical and
      techniques to staging a concert, from marketing to                                                          theoretical assignments.                          100% coursework through practical and
                                                                Audition for Music Performance options,                                                             theoretical-based assignments.
      performance.                                              interview and mainly D/E grades at GCSE.          Entry requirements
                                                                                                                                                                    Entry requirements
                                                                How much time will I spend on the                 You need 4 or more GCSEs at grade A* to
                                                                course?                                           C including English Language. Alternatively       You need 4 or more GCSEs at Grade A* to
      Whether your goal is to thrill the audiences at                                                                                                               C including English Language. Alternatively,
                                                                6 units throughout the year, 15 hours per week.   learners may have a merit in a BTEC First
      glastonbury or to work for a major music label,                                                             qualification. You will also need a strong        learners may have a merit in a BTEC First
                                                                How many hours of self-study will be              interest in music technology and understanding qualification. You will also need to be able to
      you’re guaranteed to make yourself heard with Derby       required?                                         music.                                            play an instrument or sing to grade 4 standard.
      college.                                                  2 - 4 hours per week, homework and private        How much time will I spend on the                 How much time will I spend on the
                                                                study.                                            course?                                           course?
                                                                How is the course delivered?                      18 hours per week for 2 years.                    18 hours per week for 2 years.
                                                                A mix of classroom-based learning, use of ILT     How many hours of self-study will be              How many hours of self-study will be
                                                                in many subject areas and group practical         required?                                         required?
                                                                work.                                                                                               4 - 6 hours per week.
                                                                                                                  4 - 6 hours private study per week.
                                                                Who is this course suitable for?                                                                    How is the course delivered?
                                                                                                                  How is the course delivered?
                                                                Students who wish to progress into employment                                                       A mixture of lectures, demonstrations and
                                                                or onto a Level 3 course.                         A mixture of lectures, demonstrations and
                                                                                                                  practical projects. There is also opportunity for practical projects. There is also opportunity for
                                                                What are the mandatory modules or                 involvement in practical, real-world scenarios    involvement in practical, real-world scenarios
                                                                units?                                            and enrichment activities.                        and enrichment activities.
                                                                Planning and Creating a Music Product,            Who is this course suitable for?                  Who is this course suitable for?
                                                                Exploring the Music Profession, Producing                                                           Students with an interest in working in a musical
                                                                a Musical Recording, Exploring Musical            Learners with an interest in the technical
                                                                                                                  and theoretical aspects of music and music        ensemble, as a session player or freelance
                                                                Composition and Understanding Music.
                                                                                                                  production, or those wanting to work within the composer, or those wanting to work within the
                                                                What are the additional modules or                business sector of music.                         business sector of music.
                                                                units?                                                                                              What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                                                                  What are the mandatory modules or
                                                                Optional units: Exploring Computer Systems        units?                                            units?
                                                                Used by Musicians or Working as a Musical                                                           Units studied include: Major Music Project,
                                                                Ensemble. Also Key Skills IT, IOLP.               Units studied include: Creating and Marketing
                                                                                                                  a Music Product, Listening Skills for Musicians,  Listening Skills for Musicians, Sound Recording
                                                                What materials do I have to provide?              Music Sequencing, Sound Recording                 Techniques, The Sound and Music Industry,
                                                                All day-to-day stationery and a lever arch file   Techniques, The Sound and Music Industry,         Arranging Music, Improvising Music, Music
                                                                for portfolio.                                    Computer Music Systems, Concert Production        Performance Session Styles, Music Performance
                                                                                                                  and Staging, DJ Performance and Technology,       Techniques, Working and Developing as a
                                                                Are there any additional costs or                                                                   Musical Ensemble, Music Sequencing, The
                                                                specialist equipment required?                    Operating Live Sound, Sound Creation and
                                                                                                                  Manipulation, The Functional Music Keyboard, Functional Music Keyboard, Composing Music,
                                                                Students will need their own headphones and       The Music Freelance World, Composing Music        Music Theory.
                                                                also their own USB memory stick.                  and Music Theory.                                 What are the additional modules or
                                                                What can I do after this course?                  What are the additional modules or                units?
                                                                Progression to BTEC National Diploma Music or     units?                                            Functional Skills: IT, Communications, IOLP and
                                                                Technology or work in the music industry.         Functional Skills: IT, Communications and IOLP Working With Others.
                                                                What careers would this course be useful          and Working With Others.                          What materials do I have to provide?
                                                                for?                                              What materials do I have to provide?              Lever arch file, manuscript paper, subject
                                                                Useful for a career in music management,          Lever arch file, manuscript paper, subject        folders, paper and pens/pencils.
                                                                music performance, studio work and music          folders, paper and pens/pencils.                  Are there any additional costs or
                                                                programming.                                                                                        specialist equipment required?
                                                                                                                  Are there any additional costs or
                                                                                                                  specialist equipment required?                    A pair of headphones and a USB memory stick.
                                                                                                                  A pair of headphones and a USB memory stick. Your own instrument where applicable.